UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K  

 

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
   
  SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

   

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017 Commission File No. 001-34096

 

 

BRIDGE BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

  NEW YORK       11-2934195  
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)   (IRS Employer Identification Number)

 

2200 MONTAUK HIGHWAY, BRIDGEHAMPTON, NEW YORK     11932  
(Address of principal executive offices)     (Zip Code)  

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (631) 537-1000

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, Par Value of $0.01 Per Share The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:

 

(Title of Class)

None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨     No x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer x
   
Non-accelerated filer ¨ Smaller reporting company ¨     Emerging growth company ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨ No x

 

The approximate aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based upon the closing price of the Common Stock on June 30, 2017, was $621,775,535.

 

The number of shares of the Registrant’s common stock outstanding on February 28, 2018 was 19,780,705.

 

Portions of the following documents are incorporated into the Parts of this Report on Form 10-K indicated below:

 

The Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2018 Annual Meeting to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before April 30, 2018 (Part III).

 

 

     

 

  

Table of Contents

 

PART I        
         
Item 1   Business   1
         
Item 1A   Risk Factors   8
         
Item 1B   Unresolved Staff Comments   12
         
Item 2   Properties   12
         
Item 3   Legal Proceedings   13
         
Item 4   Mine Safety Disclosures   13
         
PART II        
         
Item 5   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities   14
         
Item 6   Selected Financial Data   16
         
Item 7   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   17
         
Item 7A   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   35
         
Item 8   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   37
         
Item 9   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   89
         
Item 9A   Controls and Procedures   89
         
Item 9B   Other Information   89
         
PART III        
         
Item 10   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance   90
         
Item 11   Executive Compensation   90
         
Item 12   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   90
         
Item 13   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence   90
         
Item 14   Principal Accountant Fees and Services   90
         
PART IV        
         
Item 15   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules   91
         
Item 16   Form 10-K Summary   91
         
SIGNATURES       92
         
EXHIBIT INDEX     93

 

     

Table of Contents  

 

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Registrant” or “Company”), is a registered bank holding company for BNB Bank (the “Bank”), which was formerly known as The Bridgehampton National Bank prior to the Bank’s conversion to a New York chartered commercial bank in December 2017. The Registrant was incorporated under the laws of the State of New York in 1988, at the direction of the Board of Directors of the Bank for the purpose of becoming a bank holding company pursuant to a plan of reorganization under which the former shareholders of the Bank became the shareholders of the Company. Since commencing business in March 1989, after the reorganization, the Registrant has functioned primarily as the holder of all of the Bank’s common stock. In May 1999, the Bank established a real estate investment trust subsidiary, Bridgehampton Community, Inc. (“BCI”), as an operating subsidiary. The assets transferred to BCI are viewed by the bank regulators as part of the Bank’s assets in consolidation. The operations of the Bank also include Bridge Abstract LLC (“Bridge Abstract”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank, which is a broker of title insurance services and Bridge Financial Services LLC (“Bridge Financial Services”), an investment services subsidiary that was formed in March 2014. In October 2009, the Company formed Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II (the “Trust”) as a subsidiary, which sold $16.0 million of 8.5% cumulative convertible Trust Preferred Securities (the “Trust Preferred Securities”) in a private placement to accredited investors. The Trust Preferred Securities were redeemed effective January 18, 2017 and the Trust was cancelled effective April 24, 2017 .

 

The Bank was established in 1910 and is headquartered in Bridgehampton, New York. During 2017, the Bank conducted a branch rationalization study analyzing branch performance and market opportunities. As a result of the study, and in an effort to increase efficiency and remove branch redundancy, the Bank closed six locations in the first quarter of 2018. The branches closed in Suffolk County, New York are located in Cutchogue, Center Moriches, and Melville, and the branches closed in Nassau County, New York are located in Massapequa, New Hyde Park and Hewlett. The Bank now operates thirty-eight branches in its primary market areas of Suffolk and Nassau Counties on Long Island and the New York City boroughs, including thirty-five in Suffolk and Nassau Counties, two in Queens and one in Manhattan. For over a century, the Bank has maintained its focus on building customer relationships in its market area. The mission of the Bank is to grow through the provision of exceptional service to its customers, its employees, and the community. The Bank strives to achieve excellence in financial performance and build long-term shareholder value. The Bank engages in full service commercial and consumer banking business, including accepting time, savings and demand deposits from the consumers, businesses and local municipalities in its market area. These deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, are invested primarily in: (1) commercial real estate loans; (2) multi-family mortgage loans; (3) residential mortgage loans; (4) secured and unsecured commercial and consumer loans; (5) home equity loans; (6) construction loans; (7) FHLB, FNMA, GNMA and FHLMC mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and other asset backed securities; (8) New York State and local municipal obligations; and (9) U.S. government sponsored entity (“U.S. GSE”) securities. The Bank also offers the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) and Insured Cash Sweep (“ICS”) programs, providing multi-millions of dollars of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance on deposits to its customers. In addition, the Bank offers merchant credit and debit card processing, automated teller machines, cash management services, lockbox processing, online banking services, remote deposit capture, safe deposit boxes, and individual retirement accounts as well as investment services through Bridge Financial Services, which offers a full range of investment products and services through a third party broker dealer. Through its title insurance abstract subsidiary, the Bank acts as a broker for title insurance services. The Bank’s customer base is comprised principally of small businesses, municipal relationships and consumer relationships.

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Bank had 480 full-time equivalent employees. The Bank provides a variety of employment benefits and considers its relationship with its employees to be positive. In addition, the Company maintains equity incentive plans under which it may issue shares of common stock of the Company.

 

All phases of the Bank’s business are highly competitive. The Bank faces direct competition from a significant number of financial institutions operating in its market area, many with a statewide or regional presence, and in some cases, a national presence. There is also competition for banking business from competitors outside of its market areas. Most of these competitors are significantly larger than the Bank, and therefore have greater financial and marketing resources and lending limits than those of the Bank. The fixed cost of regulatory compliance remains high for community banks as compared to their larger competitors that are able to achieve economies of scale. The Bank considers its major competition to be local commercial banks as well as other commercial banks with branches in the Bank’s market area. Other competitors include savings banks, credit unions, mortgage brokers and financial services firms other than financial institutions such as investment and insurance companies. Increased competition within the Bank’s market areas may limit growth and profitability. Additionally, as the Bank’s market area expands westward, competitive pressure in new markets is expected to be strong. The title insurance abstract subsidiary also faces competition from other title insurance brokers as well as directly from the companies that underwrite title insurance. In New York State, title insurance is obtained on most transfers of real estate and mortgage transactions.

 

The Bank’s principal market areas are Suffolk and Nassau Counties on Long Island and the New York City boroughs with its legacy markets being primarily in Suffolk County and its newer expansion markets being primarily in Nassau County, Queens and

 

  Page - 1 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Manhattan. Long Island has a population of approximately 3 million and both counties are relatively affluent and well-educated enjoying above average median household incomes. In total, Long Island has a sizable industry base with a majority of Suffolk County tending towards high tech manufacturing and Nassau County favoring wholesale and retail trade. Suffolk County, particularly Eastern Long Island, is semi-rural and also the point of origin for the Bank. Surrounded by water and including the Hamptons and North Fork, the region is a recreational destination for the New York metropolitan area, and a highly regarded resort locale worldwide. While the local economy flourishes in the summer months as a result of the influx of tourists and second homeowners, the year-round population has grown considerably in recent years, resulting in a reduction of the seasonal fluctuations in the economy which has boosted the Bank’s legacy market opportunities. The Bank’s opportunities in Nassau County are vast as there is a deposit base totaling approximately $17 billion across zip codes in which the Bank operates. As the Bank currently has $362 million, or 2%, of this Nassau County deposit base, there is much room for growth in these expansion markets. Industries represented across the principal market area include retail establishments; construction and trades; restaurants and bars; lodging and recreation; professional entities; real estate; health services; passenger transportation; high-tech manufacturing; and agricultural and related businesses. Given its proximity, Long Island’s economy is closely linked with New York City’s and major employers in the area include municipalities, school districts, hospitals, and financial institutions.

 

The Company, the Bank and its subsidiaries, with the exception of the real estate investment trust, which files its own federal and state income tax returns, report their income on a consolidated basis using the accrual method of accounting and are subject to federal and state income taxation. In general, banks are subject to federal income tax in the same manner as other corporations. However, gains and losses realized by banks from the sale of available for sale securities are generally treated as ordinary income, rather than capital gains or losses. The Bank is subject to the New York State Franchise Tax on Banking Corporations based on certain criteria. The taxation of net income is similar to federal taxable income subject to certain modifications. On December 22, 2017, the President signed the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”), resulting in significant changes to existing tax law, including a lower federal statutory tax rate of 21%. The Tax Act was generally effective as of January 1, 2018. In the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company recorded a charge of $7.6 million, which consisted primarily of the deferred tax asset remeasurement from the previous 35% federal statutory rate to the new 21% federal statutory tax rate.

 

DeNovo Branch Expansion

Since 2010, the Bank has opened fourteen new branches, of which four locations were opened over the last year, to continue expansion into new markets and strengthen the Bank’s position in existing markets. The Bank opened two branches in 2012: one in Ronkonkoma, New York with proximity to MacArthur Airport complementing the Patchogue branch and extending the Bank’s reach into the Bohemia market, and one branch and administrative offices in Hauppauge, New York. In 2013, the Bank opened two branches: one in Rocky Point, New York and one on Shelter Island, New York. In 2014, the Bank opened three branches: one in Bay Shore, New York, one in Port Jefferson, New York and one in Smithtown, New York. In 2017, the Bank opened three branches in Suffolk County, New York: one in Riverhead, capitalizing on a new market opportunity presented by the sale of Suffolk County National Bank to People’s United Bank in the second quarter, one in East Moriches, and a second satellite branch in Sag Harbor. The Bank also opened a branch in Astoria, New York in 2017. This record of consistent branch openings demonstrates the Bank’s commitment to traditional growth through branch expansion and moves the Bank geographically westward.

 

Mergers and Acquisitions

Hamptons State Bank

In May 2011, the Bank acquired Hamptons State Bank (“HSB”) which increased the Bank’s presence in an existing market with a branch located in the Village of Southampton.

 

FNBNY

On February 14, 2014, the Company acquired FNBNY Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiary, the First National Bank of New York (collectively “FNBNY”) at a purchase price of $6.1 million and issued an aggregate of 240,598 Company shares in exchange for all the issued and outstanding stock of FNBNY. The purchase price was subject to certain post-closing adjustments equal to 60 percent of the net recoveries on $6.3 million of certain identified problem loans over a two-year period after the acquisition. As of February 14, 2016, a net recovery of $0.4 million was realized and $0.3 million has been distributed to the former FNBNY shareholders. At acquisition, FNBNY had total acquired assets on a fair value basis of $211.9 million, with loans of $89.7 million, investment securities of $103.2 million and deposits of $169.9 million. T he transaction expanded the Company’s geographic footprint into Nassau County, complemented the existing branch network and enhanced asset generation capabilities.

 

Community National Bank

On June 19, 2015, the Company acquired Community National Bank (“CNB”) at a purchase price of $157.5 million, issued an aggregate of 5.647 million Bridge Bancorp common shares in exchange for all the issued and outstanding common stock of CNB and recorded goodwill of $96.5 million, which is not deductible for tax purposes. At acquisition, CNB had total acquired assets on a fair value basis of $895.3 million, with loans of $729.4 million, investment securities of $90.1 million and deposits of $786.9 million. The transaction expanded the Company’s geographic footprint across Long Island including Nassau County, Queens and into New York City. It complements the Bank’s existing branch network and enhances asset generation capabilities.

 

  Page - 2 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Management will continue to seek opportunities to expand its reach into other contiguous markets by network expansion, or through the addition of professionals with established customer relationships. The Bank routinely adds to its menu of products and services, continually meeting the needs of consumers and businesses. Management believes positive outcomes in the future will result from the expansion of the Company’s geographic footprint, investments in infrastructure and technology and continued focus on placing customers first.

 

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

 

BNB Bank

 

The Bank is a New York chartered commercial bank and a member of the Federal Reserve System (a “member bank”). The lending, investment, and other business operations of the Bank are governed by New York and federal laws and regulations, and the Bank is prohibited from engaging in any operations not specifically authorized by such laws and regulations. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the New York State Department of Financial Services (“NYSDFS”) and, as a member bank, by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”). The Bank’s deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC under its Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) and the FDIC has certain regulatory authority as deposit insurer. A summary of the primary laws and regulations that govern the operations of the Bank are set forth below.

 

The 2010 Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) made extensive changes in the regulation of insured depository institutions. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to delayed effective dates and/or require the issuance of implementing regulations. The regulatory process is ongoing and the impact on operations cannot yet be fully assessed. However, the Dodd-Frank Act has resulted in increased regulatory burden, compliance costs and interest expense for the Company and the Bank.

 

Loans and Investments

 

The powers of a New York commercial bank are established by New York law and applicable federal law. New York commercial banks have authority to originate and purchase any type of loan, including commercial, commercial real estate, residential mortgages or consumer loans. Aggregate loans by a state commercial bank to any single borrower or group of related borrowers are generally limited to 15% of the Bank’s capital and surplus, plus an additional 10% if secured by specified readily marketable collateral.

 

Federal and state law and regulations limit the Bank’s investment authority. Generally, a state member bank is prohibited from investing in corporate equity securities for its own account other than the equity securities of companies through which the bank conducts its business. Under federal and state regulations, a New York state member bank may invest in investment securities for its own account up to specified limit depending upon the type of security. “Investment Securities” are generally defined as marketable obligations that are investment grade and not predominantly speculative in nature. Applicable regulations classify investment securities into five different types and, depending on its type, a state member bank may have the authority to deal in and underwrite the security. New York-chartered state member banks may also purchase certain non-investment securities that can be reclassified and underwritten as loans.

 

Lending Standards

 

The federal banking agencies adopted uniform regulations prescribing standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens on interests in real estate or made for the purpose of financing the construction of a building or other improvements to real estate. Under these regulations, all insured depository institutions, such as the Bank, adopted and maintain written policies that establish appropriate limits and standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or are made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. These policies must establish loan portfolio diversification standards, prudent underwriting standards (including loan-to-value limits) that are clear and measurable, loan administration procedures, and documentation, approval and reporting requirements. The real estate lending policies must reflect consideration of the Interagency Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies that have been adopted by the federal bank regulators.

 

Federal Deposit Insurance

 

The Bank is a member of the DIF, which is administered by the FDIC. Deposit accounts at the Bank are insured by the FDIC. Effective July 22, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act permanently raised the deposit insurance available on all deposit accounts to $250,000 with a retroactive effective date of January 1, 2008.

 

The FDIC assesses insured depository institutions to maintain the DIF. Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, institutions deemed less risky pay lower assessments. Assessments for institutions of less than $10 billion of assets are now based on financial measures and supervisory ratings derived from statistical modeling estimating the probability of an institution’s failure within three years. That system, effective July 1, 2016, replaced the previous system under which institutions were placed into risk categories.

 

  Page - 3 -  

Table of Contents  

  

The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to revise its procedures to base assessments upon each insured institution’s total assets less tangible equity instead of deposits. The FDIC finalized a rule, effective April 1, 2011, that set the assessment range at 2.5 basis points to 45 basis points of total assets less tangible equity. In conjunction with the DIF’s reserve ratio achieving 1.15%, the assessment range (inclusive of possible adjustments) was reduced for insured institutions of less than $10 billion of total assets to 1.5 basis points to 30 basis points, effective July 1, 2016.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum target DIF ratio from 1.15% of estimated insured deposits to 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The FDIC must seek to achieve the 1.35% ratio by September 30, 2020. The Dodd-Frank Act requires insured institutions with assets of $10 billion or more to fund the increase from 1.15% to 1.35% and, effective July 1, 2016, such institutions are subject to a surcharge to achieve that goal. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the 1.5% maximum fund ratio, instead leaving it to the discretion of the FDIC, and the FDIC has exercised that discretion by establishing a long-range fund ratio of 2%.

 

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. The Company does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

 

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (FICO) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are maturing beginning in 2017 and continuing through 2019. For the quarter ended December 31, 2017, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 0.54 basis points of average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity.

 

Capitalization

 

Federal regulations require FDIC insured depository institutions, including state member banks, to meet several minimum capital standards: a common equity tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 4.5%, a tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio of 6.0%, a total capital to risk-based assets ratio of 8.0%, and a tier 1 capital to total assets leverage ratio of 4.0%. The existing capital requirements were effective January 1, 2015 and are the result of a final rule implementing regulatory amendments based on recommendations of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. Common equity tier 1 capital is generally defined as common stockholders’ equity and retained earnings. Tier 1 capital is generally defined as common equity tier 1 and additional tier 1 capital. Additional tier 1 capital generally includes certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Total capital includes tier 1 capital (common equity tier 1 capital plus additional tier 1 capital) and tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital is comprised of capital instruments and related surplus meeting specified requirements, and may include cumulative preferred stock and long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, intermediate preferred stock and subordinated debt. Also included in tier 2 capital is the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and, for institutions that have exercised an opt-out election regarding the treatment of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”), up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Institutions that have not exercised the AOCI opt-out have AOCI incorporated into common equity tier 1 capital (including unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale-securities). Calculation of all types of regulatory capital is subject to deductions and adjustments specified in the regulations.

 

In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for purposes of calculating risk-based capital ratios, assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets (e.g., recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests) are multiplied by a risk weight factor assigned by the regulations based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Higher levels of capital are required for asset categories believed to present greater risk. For example, a risk weight of 0% is assigned to cash and U.S. government securities, a risk weight of 50% is generally assigned to prudently underwritten first lien one-to-four family residential mortgages, a risk weight of 100% is assigned to commercial and consumer loans, a risk weight of 150% is assigned to certain past due loans and a risk weight of between 0% to 600% is assigned to permissible equity interests, depending on certain specified factors.

 

In addition to establishing the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management if the institution does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets above the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer requirement is being phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increasing each year until fully implemented at 2.5% on January 1, 2019. The capital conservation buffer was 1.25% in calendar year 2017 and increased to 1.875% on January 1, 2018.

 

Safety and Soundness Standards

 

Each federal banking agency, including the FRB, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to internal controls, information and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees, and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and

 

  Page - 4 -  

Table of Contents  

  

practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal shareholder.

 

On April 26, 2016, the federal regulatory agencies approved a second proposed joint rulemaking to implement Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which prohibits incentive-based compensation that encourages inappropriate risk taking. In addition, the NYSDFS issued guidance applicable to incentive compensation in October 2016.

 

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action

 

Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the statute establishes five capital tiers: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized.

 

The FRB may order member banks which have insufficient capital to take corrective actions. For example, a bank, which is categorized as “undercapitalized” would be subject to other growth limitations, would be required to submit a capital restoration plan, and a holding company that controls such a bank would be required to guarantee that the bank complies with the restoration plan. A “significantly undercapitalized” bank would be subject to additional restrictions. Member banks deemed by the FRB to be “critically undercapitalized” would be subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.

 

The final rule that increased regulatory capital standards adjusted the prompt corrective action tiers as of January 1, 2015. The various categories have been revised to incorporate the new common equity tier 1 capital requirement, the increase in the tier 1 to risk-based assets requirement and other changes. Under the revised prompt corrective action requirements, insured depository institutions are required to meet the following in order to qualify as “well capitalized:” (1) a common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5% (new standard); (2) a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% (increased from 6.0%); (3) a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% (unchanged); and (4) a tier 1 leverage ratio of 5.0% (unchanged).

 

Dividends

 

Under federal law and applicable regulations, a New York member bank may generally declare a dividend, without prior regulatory approval, in an amount equal to its year-to-date net income plus the prior two years’ net income that is still available for dividend. Dividends exceeding those amounts require application to and approval by the NYSDFS and FRB. In addition, a member bank may be limited in paying cash dividends if it does not maintain the capital conservation buffer described previously.

 

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

 

Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act govern transactions between a national bank and its affiliates, which includes the Company. The FRB has adopted Regulation W, which comprehensively implements and interprets Sections 23A and 23B, in part by codifying prior FRB interpretations under Sections 23A and 23B.

 

An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. A subsidiary of a bank that is not also a depository institution or a “financial subsidiary” under federal law is not treated as an affiliate of the bank for the purposes of Sections 23A and 23B; however, the FRB has the discretion to treat subsidiaries of a bank as affiliates on a case-by-case basis. Sections 23A and 23B limit the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such bank’s capital stock and surplus, and limit all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus. The statutory sections also require that all such transactions be on terms that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of guarantees and other similar types of transactions. Further, most loans by a bank to any of its affiliates must be secured by collateral in amounts ranging from 100 to 130 percent of the loan amounts. In addition, any covered transaction by an association with an affiliate and any purchase of assets or services by an association from an affiliate must be on terms that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the bank as those that would be provided to a non-affiliate.

 

A bank’s loans to its executive officers, directors, any owner of more than 10% of its stock (each, an insider) and any of certain entities affiliated with any such person (an insider’s related interest) are subject to the conditions and limitations imposed by Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and the FRB’s Regulation O thereunder. Under these restrictions, the aggregate amount of the loans to any insider and the insider’s related interests may not exceed the loans-to-one-borrower limit applicable to national banks. All loans by a bank to all insiders and insiders’ related interests in the aggregate may not exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. With certain exceptions, loans to an executive officer, other than loans for the education of the officer’s children and certain loans secured by the officer’s residence, may not exceed the greater of $25,000 or 2.5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus, but in no event more than $100,000. Regulation O also requires that any proposed loan to an insider or a related interest of that insider be approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the bank, with any interested director not participating in the voting, if such loan, when aggregated with any existing loans to that insider and the insider’s related interests,

 

  Page - 5 -  

Table of Contents  

 

would exceed either $500,000 or the greater of $25,000 or 5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Generally, such loans must be made on substantially the same terms as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are no less stringent than, those that are prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and must not present more than a normal risk of collectability. An exception is made for extensions of credit made pursuant to a benefit or compensation plan of a bank that is widely available to employees of the bank and that does not give any preference to insiders of the bank over other employees of the bank.

 

Examinations and Assessments

 

The Bank is required to file periodic reports with and is subject to periodic examination by the NYSDFS and the FRB. Applicable laws and regulations generally require periodic on-site examinations and annual audits by independent public accountants for all insured institutions. The Bank is required to pay an annual assessment to the NYSDFS to fund its supervision.

 

Community Reinvestment Act

 

Under the federal Community Reinvestment Acts (“CRA”), the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires the FRB in connection with its examination of the Bank, to assess its record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take that record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by the Bank. For example, the regulations specify that a bank’s CRA performance will be considered in its expansion (e.g., branching or mergers) proposals and may be the basis for approving, denying or conditioning the approval of an application. As of the date of its most recent CRA examination, which was conducted by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Bank’s regulator under its previous national bank charter, the Bank’s CRA performance was rated “satisfactory”.

 

New York law imposes a similar obligation on the Bank to serve the credit needs of its community. New York law contains its own CRA provisions, which are substantially similar to federal law.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

 

The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 gave the federal government new powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. The USA PATRIOT Act also required the federal banking agencies to take into consideration the effectiveness of controls designed to combat money-laundering activities in determining whether to approve a merger or other acquisition application of a member institution. Accordingly, if the Bank engages in a merger or other acquisition, the Bank’s controls designed to combat money laundering would be considered as part of the application process. The Bank has established policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations.

 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc .

 

The Company, as a bank holding company controlling the Bank, is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”), and the rules and regulations of the FRB under the BHCA applicable to bank holding companies. The Company is required to file reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of the FRB.

 

The FRB previously adopted consolidated capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding structured similarly, but not identically, to those applicable to the Bank. The Dodd-Frank Act directed the FRB to issue consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. The previously discussed final rule regarding regulatory capital requirements implements the Dodd-Frank Act as to bank holding company capital standards. Consolidated regulatory capital requirements identical to those applicable to the subsidiary banks applied to bank holding companies as of January 1, 2015. As is the case with institutions themselves, the capital conservation buffer is being phased-in between 2016 and 2019. The new capital rule eliminates from tier 1 capital the inclusion of certain instruments, such as trust preferred securities, that were previously includable by bank holding companies. However, the final rule grandfathers trust preferred issuances prior to May 19, 2010 in accordance with the Dodd-Frank Act. The Company issued trust preferred securities that qualified for grandfathering. These securities were redeemed as of January 18, 2017 and the Trust was cancelled effective April 24, 2017. The Company met all capital adequacy requirements under the new capital rules on December 31, 2017.

 

The policy of the FRB is that a bank holding company must serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks by providing capital and other support in times of distress. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength policy.

 

Under the prompt corrective action provisions of federal law, a bank holding company parent of an undercapitalized subsidiary bank is required to guarantee, within specified limits, the capital restoration plan that is required of an undercapitalized bank. If an

 

  Page - 6 -  

Table of Contents  

  

undercapitalized bank fails to file an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails to implement an accepted plan, the FRB may prohibit the bank holding company parent of the undercapitalized bank from paying dividends or making any other capital distribution.

 

As a bank holding company, the Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the FRB to acquire more than 5% of a class of voting securities of any additional bank or bank holding company or to acquire all, or substantially all, the assets of any additional bank or bank holding company. In addition, the bank holding companies may generally only engage in activities that are closely related to banking as determined by the FRB. Bank holding companies that meet certain criteria may opt to become a financial holding company and thereby engage in a broader array of financial activities.

 

FRB policy is that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the company’s net income for the past two years is sufficient to fund the dividends and the prospective rate of earnings retention is consistent with the company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. In addition, FRB guidance sets forth the supervisory expectation that bank holding companies will inform and consult with FRB staff in advance of issuing a dividend that exceeds earnings for the quarter and should inform the FRB and should eliminate, defer or significantly reduce dividends if (i) net income available to stockholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (ii) prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with the bank holding company’s capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition, or (iii) the bank holding company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios.

 

A bank holding company that is not well capitalized or well managed, as such terms are defined in the regulations, or that is subject to any unresolved supervisory issues, is required to give the FRB prior written notice of any repurchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for repurchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such repurchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, will be equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The FRB may disapprove such a repurchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice or violate a law or regulation. FRB guidance generally provides for bank holding company consultation with Federal Reserve Bank staff prior to engaging in a repurchase or redemption of a bank holding company’s stock, even if a formal written notice is not required.

 

The NYSDFS and FRB have extensive enforcement authority over the institutions and holding companies that they regulate to prohibit or correct activities that violate law, regulation or a regulatory agreement or which are deemed to be unsafe or unsound banking practices. Enforcement actions may include: the appointment of a conservator or receiver for an institution; the issuance of a cease and desist order; the termination of deposit insurance; the imposition of civil money penalties on the institution, its directors, officers, employees and institution-affiliated parties; the issuance of directives to increase capital; the issuance of formal and informal agreements; the removal of or restrictions on directors, officers, employees and institution-affiliated parties; and the enforcement of any such mechanisms through restraining orders or other court actions. Any change in applicable New York or federal laws and regulations could have a material adverse impact on the Bank and the Company and their operations and stockholders.

 

During 2008, the Company received approval and began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “BDGE”. Equity incentive plan grants of stock options and stock awards are recorded directly to the holding company. The Company’s sources of funds are dependent on dividends from the Bank, its own earnings, additional capital raised and borrowings. The information in this report reflects principally the financial condition and results of operations of the Bank. The Bank’s results of operations are primarily dependent on its net interest income. The Bank also generates non-interest income, such as fee income on deposit accounts and merchant credit and debit card processing programs, investment services, income from its title insurance abstract subsidiary, and net gains on sales of securities and loans. The level of its non-interest expenses, such as salaries and benefits, occupancy and equipment costs, other general and administrative expenses, expenses from its title insurance abstract subsidiary, and income tax expense, further affects the Bank’s net income.

 

The Company had nominal results of operations for 2017, 2016, and 2015 on a parent-only basis. The Company’s capital strength is paralleled by the solid capital position of the Bank, as reflected in the excess of its regulatory capital ratios over the risk-based capital adequacy ratio levels required for classification as a “well capitalized” institution by the FDIC (see Note 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Since 2013, the Company has actively managed its capital position in response to its growth and has raised $260.2 million in capital.

 

The Company files certain reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the federal securities laws. The Company’s operations are also subject to extensive regulation by other federal, state and local governmental authorities and it is subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing requirements and restrictions on part or all of its operations. Management believes that the Company is in substantial compliance, in all material respects, with applicable federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations. Because the Company’s business is highly regulated, the laws, rules and regulations applicable to it are subject to regular modification and change. There can be no assurance that these proposed laws, rules and regulations, or any other laws, rules or regulations, will not be adopted in the future, which could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition or prospects.

 

  Page - 7 -  

Table of Contents  

  

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Through a link on the Investor Relations section of the Bank’s website of www.bnbbank.com , copies of the Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) for 15(d) of the Exchange Act, are made available, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing such material with, or furnishing it to, the SEC. Copies of such reports and other information also are available at no charge to any person who requests them or at www.sec.gov . Such requests may be directed to Bridge Bancorp, Inc., Investor Relations, 2200 Montauk Highway, PO Box 3005, Bridgehampton, NY 11932, (631) 537-1000.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

The concentration of the Bank’s loan portfolio in loans secured by commercial, multi-family and residential real estate properties located on Long Island and the New York City boroughs could materially adversely affect its financial condition and results of operations if general economic conditions or real estate values in this area decline.

 

Unlike larger banks that are more geographically diversified, the Bank’s loan portfolio consists primarily of real estate loans secured by commercial, multi-family and residential real estate properties located in Nassau and Suffolk Counties on Long Island, and in the New York City boroughs. The local economic conditions on Long Island and in New York City have a significant impact on the volume of loan originations and the quality of loans, the ability of borrowers to repay these loans, and the value of collateral securing these loans. A considerable decline in the general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors beyond the Bank’s control would impact these local economic conditions and could negatively affect the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, decreases in tenant occupancy may also have a negative effect on the ability of borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which would have an adverse impact on the Bank’s earnings.

 

If bank regulators impose limitations on the Bank’s commercial real estate lending activities, earnings could be adversely affected.

   

In 2006, the federal bank regulatory agencies (collectively, the “Agencies”) issued joint guidance entitled “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices” (the “CRE Guidance”). Although the CRE Guidance did not establish specific lending limits, it provides that a bank’s commercial real estate lending exposure may receive increased supervisory scrutiny where total non-owner occupied commercial real estate loans, including loans secured by apartment buildings, investor commercial real estate and construction and land loans, represent 300% or more of an institution’s total risk-based capital and the outstanding balance of the commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more during the preceding 36 months. The Bank’s level of non-owner occupied commercial real estate equaled 345% of total risk-based capital at December 31, 2017. Including owner-occupied commercial real estate, the ratio of commercial real estate loans to total risk-based capital ratio would be 458% at December 31, 2017.

 

In December 2015, the Agencies released a new statement on prudent risk management for commercial real estate lending (the “2015 Statement”). In the 2015 Statement, the Agencies express concerns about easing commercial real estate underwriting standards, direct financial institutions to maintain underwriting discipline and exercise risk management practices to identify, measure and monitor lending risks, and indicate that the Agencies will continue “to pay special attention” to commercial real estate lending activities and concentrations going forward. If the NYSDFS or FRB were to impose restrictions on the amount of commercial real estate loans the Bank can hold in its portfolio, or require higher capital ratios as a result of the level of commercial real estate loans held, the Bank’s earnings would be adversely affected.

 

Changes in interest rates could affect the Bank’s profitability.

 

The Bank’s ability to earn a profit, like most financial institutions, depends primarily on net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income that the Bank earns on its interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the interest expense that the Bank pays on its interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. The Bank’s profitability depends on its ability to manage its assets and liabilities during periods of changing market interest rates.

 

In a period of rising interest rates, the interest income earned on the Bank’s assets may not increase as rapidly as the interest paid on its liabilities. In an increasing interest rate environment, the Bank’s cost of funds is expected to increase more rapidly than interest earned on its loan and investment portfolio as its primary source of funds is deposits with generally shorter maturities than those on its loans and investments. This makes the balance sheet more liability sensitive in the short term.

 

A sustained decrease in market interest rates could adversely affect the Bank’s earnings. When interest rates decline, borrowers tend to refinance higher-rate, fixed-rate loans at lower rates. Under those circumstances, the Bank would not be able to reinvest those prepayments in assets earning interest rates as high as the rates on those prepaid loans or in investment securities. In addition, the majority of the Bank’s loans are at variable interest rates, which would adjust to lower rates.

 

  Page - 8 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Changes in interest rates also affect the fair value of the securities portfolio.  Generally, the value of securities moves inversely with changes in interest rates.  As of December 31, 2017, the securities portfolio totaled $976.1 million.

 

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the federal prohibition on paying interest on demand deposits effective July 21, 2011, thus allowing businesses to have interest-bearing checking accounts.  Depending on competitive responses, this change to existing law could increase the Bank’s interest expense.

 

Strong competition within the Bank’s market area may limit its growth and profitability.

 

The Bank’s primary market area is located in Nassau and Suffolk Counties on Long Island and the New York City boroughs. Competition in the banking and financial services industry remains intense. The profitability of the Bank depends on the continued ability to successfully compete. The Bank competes with commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms. Many of the Bank’s competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than the Bank and may offer certain services that the Bank does not provide. In addition, competitors may offer deposits at higher rates and loans with lower fixed rates, more attractive terms and less stringent credit structures than the Bank has been willing to offer.

 

Acquisitions involve integrations and other risks.

 

Acquisitions involve a number of risks and challenges including: the Bank’s ability to integrate the branches and operations acquired, and the associated internal controls and regulatory functions, into the Bank’s current operations; the Bank’s ability to limit the outflow of deposits held by the Bank’s new customers in the acquired branches and to successfully retain and manage the loans acquired; and the Bank’s ability to attract new deposits and to generate new interest-earning assets in geographic areas not previously served. Additionally, no assurance can be given that the operation of acquired branches would not adversely affect the Bank’s existing profitability; that the Bank would be able to achieve results in the future similar to those achieved by the Bank’s existing banking business; that the Bank would be able to compete effectively in the market areas served by acquired branches; or that the Bank would be able to manage any growth resulting from the transaction effectively. The Bank faces the additional risk that the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully or at all, or within the time period expected. Finally, acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and trading values and therefore, may result in dilution of the Company’s book and tangible book value per share.

 

The Company’s future success depends on the success and growth of BNB Bank.

 

The Company’s primary business activity for the foreseeable future will be to act as the holding company of the Bank. Therefore, the Company’s future profitability will depend on the success and growth of this subsidiary.  The continued and successful implementation of the Company’s growth strategy will require, among other things that the Bank increases its market share by attracting new customers that currently bank at other financial institutions in the Bank’s market area.  In addition, the Company’s ability to successfully grow will depend on several factors, including favorable market conditions, the competitive responses from other financial institutions in the Bank’s market area, and the Bank’s ability to maintain high asset quality.  While the Company believes it has the management resources, market opportunities and internal systems in place to obtain and successfully manage future growth, growth opportunities may not be available and the Company may not be successful in continuing its growth strategy.  In addition, continued growth requires that the Company incurs additional expenses, including salaries, data processing and occupancy expense related to new branches and related support staff.  Many of these increased expenses are considered fixed expenses.  Unless the Company can successfully continue its growth, its results of operations could be negatively affected by these increased costs. 

 

The loss of key personnel could impair the Company’s future success.

 

The Company’s future success depends in part on the continued service of its executive officers, other key management, and staff, as well as its ability to continue to attract, motivate, and retain additional highly qualified employees. The loss of services of one or more of the Company’s key personnel or its inability to timely recruit replacements for such personnel, or to otherwise attract, motivate, or retain qualified personnel could have an adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results and financial condition.

 

  The Company may be adversely affected by current economic and market conditions.

 

Although economic and real estate conditions improved in 2017, the Company continues to operate in a challenging environment both nationally and locally. This poses significant risks to both the Company’s business and the banking industry as a whole. Although the Company has taken, and continues to take, steps to reduce its exposure to the risks that stem from adverse changes in such conditions, it nonetheless could be impacted by them to the degree that they affect the loans the Bank originates and the securities it invests in. Specific risks include reduced loan demand from quality borrowers; increased competition for loans; increased loan loss provisions resulting from deterioration in loan quality caused by, among other things, depressed real estate values and high levels of unemployment; reduced net interest income and net interest margin caused by a sustained period of low interest rates; interest rate volatility; price competition for deposits due to liquidity concerns or otherwise; and volatile equity markets.

 

  Page - 9 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Increases to the allowance for credit losses may cause the Bank’s earnings to decrease.

 

Customers may not repay their loans according to the original terms, and the collateral securing the payment of those loans may be insufficient to pay any remaining loan balance. Hence, the Bank may experience significant loan losses, which could have a material adverse effect on its operating results. The Bank makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of its loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for credit losses, the Bank relies on loan quality reviews, past loss experience, and an evaluation of economic conditions, among other factors. If its assumptions prove to be incorrect, the allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance. Material additions to the allowance through charges to earnings would materially decrease the Bank’s net income.

 

Bank regulators periodically review the allowance for credit losses and may require the Bank to increase its provision for credit losses or loan charge-offs. Any increase in the allowance for credit losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities could have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s results of operations and/or financial condition.

 

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has adopted a new accounting standard that will be effective for the Company for the first fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2019.  This standard, referred to as Current Expected Credit Loss, will require that the Bank determine periodic estimates of lifetime expected credit losses on loans, and recognize the expected credit losses as allowances for loan losses.  This will change the current method of providing allowances for loan losses that are probable, which may require the Bank to increase its allowance for loan losses, and will greatly increase the types of data the Bank would need to collect and review to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses.

 

The subordinated debentures the Company issued have rights that are senior to those of the Company’s common shareholders.

 

In 2015, the Company issued $40.0 million of 5.25% fixed-to-floating rate subordinated debentures due 2025 and $40.0 million of 5.75% fixed-to-floating rate subordinated debentures due 2030. Because these subordinated debentures rank senior to the Company’s common stock, if the Company fails to timely make principal and interest payments on the subordinated debentures, the Company may not pay any dividends on its common stock. Further, if the Company declares bankruptcy, dissolves or liquidates, it must satisfy all of its subordinated debenture obligations before it may pay any distributions on its common stock.

 

The Company operates in a highly regulated environment, Federal and state regulators periodically examine the Company’s business, and it may be required to remediate adverse examination findings.

 

The FRB and the NYSDFS, periodically examine the Company’s business, including its compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, a federal banking agency were to determine that the Company’s financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of any of its operations had become unsatisfactory, or that the Company was in violation of any law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in the Company’s capital, to restrict the Company’s growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against the Company’s officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate the Bank’s deposit insurance and place it into receivership or conservatorship. If the Company becomes subject to any regulatory actions, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

 

New and future rulemaking from the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) may have a material effect on the Company’s operations and operating costs.

 

The CFPB has the authority to issue new consumer finance regulations and is authorized, individually or jointly with bank regulatory agencies, to conduct investigations to determine whether any person is, or has, engaged in conduct that violates new and existing consumer financial laws or regulations. However, because the Bank has less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets, the FRB and NYSDFS, not the CFPB, are responsible for examining and supervising the Bank’s compliance with these consumer protection laws and regulations. In addition, in accordance with a memorandum of understanding entered into between the CFPB and U.S. Department of Justice, the two agencies have agreed to coordinate efforts related to enforcing the fair lending laws, which includes information sharing and conducting joint investigations, and have done so on a number of occasions.

 

In addition, the CFPB has issued a final rule on arbitration that, among other things, prohibits class action waivers in certain consumer financial services contracts. The rule, which became effective on September 18, 2017, applies to contracts entered into on or after March 19, 2018 (and will not apply to prior contracts with class action waivers or arbitration agreements unless such accounts or debts are sold after that date). This rule could increase the likelihood that the Bank becomes subject to class action litigation concerning consumer banking products and services and could result in increased litigation costs.

 

  Page - 10 -  

Table of Contents  

  

The Bank is subject to the CRA and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties.

 

The CRA, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. With respect to the Bank, the NYSDFS, FRB, the United States Department of Justice and other federal and state agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful regulatory challenge to an institution’s performance under the CRA or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity and restrictions on expansion. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Bank faces a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the federal Bank Secrecy Act (the “BSA”) and other anti-money laundering and counter terrorist financing statutes and regulations.

 

The BSA, the USA PATRIOT Act and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among others, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering compliance program and to file reports such as suspicious activity reports and currency transaction reports. The Bank’s products and services, including its debit card issuing business, are subject to an increasingly strict set of legal and regulatory requirements intended to protect consumers and to help detect and prevent money laundering, terrorist financing and other illicit activities. The Banks is required to comply with these and other anti-money laundering requirements. The federal banking agencies and the U.S. Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network are authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and have recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts against banks and other financial services providers with the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. The Bank is also subject to increased scrutiny of compliance with the regulations administered and enforced by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. If the Bank violates these laws and regulations, or its policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, the Bank would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions, which may include restrictions on its ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of the Bank’s business plan, including its acquisition plans.

 

Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for the Bank. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

 

The short-term and long-term impact of the changing regulatory capital requirements and anticipated new capital rules are uncertain.

 

In July 2013, federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that revised their leverage and risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. Among other things, the rule established a new common equity tier 1 minimum capital requirement of 4.5% of risk-weighted assets, set the leverage ratio at a uniform 4.0% of total assets, increased the minimum tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement from 4.0% to 6.0% of risk-weighted assets and assigned a higher risk weight of 150% to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. The rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements unless a one-time opt-out is exercised. The rule limits a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The final rule became effective January 1, 2015. The “capital conservation buffer’ is being phased in from January 1, 2016 to January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer will be effective.

 

The application of more stringent capital requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions if the Company was unable to comply with such requirements. Furthermore, the imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the implementation of Basel III could result in the Company having to lengthen the terms of funding, restructure business models, and/or increase holdings of liquid assets. Implementation of changes to asset risk weightings for risk based capital calculations, items included or deducted in calculating regulatory capital or additional capital conservation buffers, could result in management modifying the Company’s business strategy and could limit its ability to make distributions, including paying dividends or buying back shares.  

 

Risks associated with system failures, interruptions, or breaches of security could negatively affect the Company’s operations and earnings.

 

Information technology systems are critical to the Company’s business. The Company collects, processes and stores sensitive customer data by utilizing computer systems and telecommunications networks operated by it and third party service providers. The

 

  Page - 11 -  

Table of Contents  

 

Company has established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of system failures, interruptions, and security breaches, but such events may still occur or may not be adequately addressed if they do occur. In addition, any compromise of the Company’s systems could deter customers from using the Bank’s products and services. Although the Company relies on security systems to provide security and authentication necessary to effect the secure transmission of data, these precautions may not protect the systems from compromises or breaches of security.

 

In addition, the Company maintains interfaces with certain third-party service providers. If these third-party service providers encounter difficulties, or if the Company has difficulty communicating with them, the Company’s ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and business operations could be adversely affected. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.

 

The occurrence of any system failures, interruption, or breach of security could damage the Company’s reputation and result in a loss of customers and business thereby subjecting it to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose it to litigation and possible financial liability. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Company is exposed to cyber-security risks, including denial of service, hacking, and identity theft.

 

There have been well-publicized distributed denials of service attacks on large financial services companies. Distributed denial of service attacks are designed to saturate the targeted online network with excessive amounts of network traffic, resulting in slow response times, or in some cases, causing the site to be temporarily unavailable. Hacking and identity theft risks, in particular, could cause serious reputational harm. Cyber threats are rapidly evolving and the Company may not be able to anticipate or prevent all such attacks. The Company may incur increasing costs in an effort to minimize these risks and could be held liable for any security breach or loss.

 

Severe weather, acts of terrorism and other external events could impact the Company’s ability to conduct business.

 

In the past, weather-related events have adversely impacted the Company’s market area, especially areas located near coastal waters and flood prone areas. Such events that may cause significant flooding and other storm-related damage may become more common events in the future. Financial institutions have been, and continue to be, targets of terrorist threats aimed at compromising operating and communication systems and the metropolitan New York area remains a central target for potential acts of terrorism. Such events could cause significant damage, impact the stability of the Company’s facilities and result in additional expenses, impair the ability of borrowers to repay their loans, reduce the value of collateral securing repayment of loans, and result in the loss of revenue. While the Company has established and regularly tests disaster recovery procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operations and financial condition.

 

The Company may incur impairment to its goodwill.

 

Goodwill arises when a business is purchased for an amount greater than the fair value of the net assets acquired. The Company recognized goodwill as an asset on its balance sheet in connection with the CNB, FNBNY and HSB acquisitions. The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually. Although the Company determined that goodwill was not impaired during 2017, a significant and sustained decline in the Company’s stock price and market capitalization, a significant decline in its expected future cash flows, a significant adverse change in the business climate, slower growth rates or other factors could result in impairment of goodwill. If the Company were to conclude that a future write-down of the goodwill was necessary, then it would record the appropriate charge to earnings, which could be materially adverse to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

None.

 

Item 2. Properties

 

At present, the Registrant does not own or lease any property. The Registrant uses the Bank’s space and employees without separate payment. Headquarters are located at 2200 Montauk Highway, Bridgehampton, New York 11932. The Bank’s internet address is www.bnbbank.com.

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Bank owns seven properties in New York: its headquarters and branch office in Bridgehampton; five branches located in Montauk, Southold, Westhampton Beach, Southampton Village, and East Hampton Village; and a drive-up facility located in Sag Harbor. In 2011, the Bank purchased real estate in the Town of Southold, New York, which will also be considered as a site for a future branch facility. The Bank currently leases out a portion of the Montauk and Westhampton Beach buildings. The Bank leases thirty-six additional properties as branch locations in New York: twenty-four in Suffolk County; nine in Nassau County; two in

 

  Page - 12 -  

Table of Contents  

 

Queens; and one in Manhattan. The Bank currently subleases a portion of the leased property located in Patchogue and Melville, New York. Additionally, the Bank leases one property as a loan production office in New York City.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

The Registrant and its subsidiary are subject to certain pending and threatened legal actions that arise out of the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the resolution of any such pending or threatened litigation is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

 

Not applicable.

 

  Page - 13 -  

Table of Contents  

  

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

At December 31, 2017, the Company had approximately 1,000 shareholders of record, not including the number of persons or entities holding stock in nominee or the street name through various banks and brokers.

 

The Company’s common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “BDGE”. The following table details the quarterly high and low sale prices of the Company’s common stock and the dividends declared for such periods.

 

COMMON STOCK INFORMATION

 

    Stock Prices     Dividends  
    High     Low     Declared  
By Quarter 2017                        
First   $ 38.35     $ 33.20     $ 0.23  
Second   $ 37.25     $ 32.10     $ 0.23  
Third   $ 34.65     $ 29.95     $ 0.23  
Fourth   $ 36.85     $ 33.05     $ 0.23  

 

    Stock Prices     Dividends  
    High     Low     Declared  
By Quarter 2016                        
First   $ 30.71     $ 26.23     $ 0.23  
Second   $ 31.47     $ 27.09     $ 0.23  
Third   $ 30.62     $ 27.50     $ 0.23  
Fourth   $ 38.95     $ 26.90     $ 0.23  

 

Stockholders received cash dividends totaling $18.2 million in 2017 and $16.1 million in 2016. The ratio of dividends paid to net income was 88.80% in 2017 compared to 45.48% in 2016.

 

There are various legal limitations with respect to the Company’s ability to pay dividends to shareholders and the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company.  Under the New York Business Corporation Law, the Company may pay dividends on its outstanding shares unless the Company is insolvent or would be made insolvent by the dividend.  Under the banking laws, the prior approval of the FRB and the NYSDFS may be required in certain circumstances prior to the payment of dividends by the Company or the Bank.  A New York state member bank, such as BNB Bank, may generally declare a dividend, without approval from the NYSDFS or the FRB, in an amount equal to its year-to-date net income plus the prior two years’ net income that is still available for dividends. The NYSDFS and the FRB have the authority to prohibit a New York commercial bank from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice. In addition, as a depository institution, the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC, the Bank may not pay dividends or distribute any of its capital assets while it remains in default on any assessment due to the FDIC. The Bank currently is not (and never has been) in default under any of its obligations to the FDIC.

 

The FRB has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, the FRB’s policy provides that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The FRB has the authority to prohibit the Company from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice.

 

  Page - 14 -  

Table of Contents  

  

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

 

Pursuant to the regulations of the SEC, the graph below compares the performance of the Company with that of the total return for the NASDAQ® stock market and for certain bank stocks of financial institutions with an asset size of $1 billion to $5 billion, as reported by SNL Financial LC (“SNL”) from December 31, 2012 through December 31, 2017. The graph assumes the reinvestment of dividends in additional shares of the same class of equity securities as those listed below.

 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

    Period Ending  
Index   12/31/12     12/31/13     12/31/14     12/31/15     12/31/16     12/31/17  
Bridge Bancorp, Inc.     100.00       131.75       140.72       165.68       213.04       202.10  
NASDAQ Composite     100.00       140.12       160.78       171.97       187.22       242.71  
SNL Bank $1B-$5B     100.00       145.41       152.04       170.20       244.85       261.04  

 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

The following table sets forth information in connection with repurchases of shares of the Company’s common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2017:

 

    Total Number
of Shares
Purchased (1)
    Average Price
Paid per Share
    Total Number of
Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
    Maximum Number of
Shares That May Yet
Be Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs
 
October 1, 2017 through October 31, 2017         $             167,041  
November 1, 2017 through November 30, 2017     612     $ 33.30             167,041  
December 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017         $             167,041  
Total     612     $ 33.30             167,041  

 

(1) Represents shares withheld by the Company to pay the taxes associated with the vesting of restricted stock awards.

 

  Page - 15 -  

Table of Contents  

  

The Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program on March 27, 2006, which authorized the repurchase of 309,000 shares. No shares were purchased during the year ended December 31, 2017. The total number of shares purchased as part of the publicly announced plan totaled 141,959 as of December 31, 2017. The maximum number of remaining shares that may be purchased under the plan totals 167,041 as of December 31, 2017. There is no expiration date for the stock repurchase plan. There is no stock repurchase plan that has expired or that has been terminated during the period ended December 31, 2017.

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

Five-Year Summary of Operations

(In thousands, except per share data and financial ratios)

 

Set forth below are selected consolidated financial and other data of the Company. The Company’s business is primarily the business of the Bank. This financial data is derived in part from, and should be read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company.

 

    December 31,  
Selected Financial Data:   2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
Securities available for sale, at fair value   $ 759,916     $ 819,722     $ 800,203     $ 587,184     $ 575,179  
Securities, restricted     35,349       34,743       24,788       10,037       7,034  
Securities held to maturity     180,866       223,237       208,351       214,927       201,328  
Loans held for investment     3,102,752       2,600,440       2,410,774       1,338,327       1,013,263  
Total assets     4,430,002       4,054,570       3,781,959       2,288,524       1,896,612  
Total deposits     3,334,543       2,926,009       2,843,625       1,833,779       1,539,079  
Total stockholders’ equity     429,200       407,987       341,128       175,118       159,460  

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
Selected Operating Data:   2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
Total interest income   $ 149,849     $ 137,716     $ 106,240     $ 74,910     $ 58,430  
Total interest expense     22,689       16,845       10,129       7,460       7,272  
Net interest income     127,160       120,871       96,111       67,450       51,158  
Provision for loan losses     14,050       5,550       4,000       2,200       2,350  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     113,110       115,321       92,111       65,250       48,808  
Total non-interest income     18,102       16,046       12,668       8,166       8,891  
Total non-interest expense     91,727       77,081       72,890       52,414       37,937  
Income before income taxes     39,485       54,286       31,889       21,002       19,762  
Income tax expense     18,946       18,795       10,778       7,239       6,669  
Net income (1)(2)(3)(4)(5)   $ 20,539     $ 35,491     $ 21,111     $ 13,763     $ 13,093  
                                         
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:                                        
Return on average equity (1)(2)(3)(4)(5)     4.64 %     9.82 %     7.91 %     7.76 %     9.89 %
Return on average assets (1)(2)(3)(4)(5)     0.49 %     0.92 %     0.71 %     0.64 %     0.77 %
Average equity to average assets     10.53 %     9.38 %     9.01 %     8.27 %     7.80 %
Dividend payout ratio (6)     88.80 %     45.48 %     63.55 %     77.43 %     51.58 %
Basic earnings per share (1)(2)(3)(4)(5)   $ 1.04     $ 2.01     $ 1.43     $ 1.18     $ 1.36  
Diluted earnings per share (1)(2)(3)(4)(5)   $ 1.04     $ 2.00     $ 1.43     $ 1.18     $ 1.36  
Cash dividends declared per common share (6)   $ 0.92     $ 0.92     $ 0.92     $ 0.92     $ 0.69  
                                         
(1) 2017 amount includes $5.2 million, net of taxes, associated with restructuring costs and a charge of $7.6 million associated with the write-down of deferred tax assets due to the enactment of the Tax Act.
(2) 2016 amount includes reversal of $0.6 million of acquisition costs, net of taxes, associated with the CNB and FNBNY acquisitions.
(3) 2015 amount includes $6.3 million of acquisition costs, net of taxes, associated with the CNB acquisition.
(4) 2014 amount includes $3.8 million of acquisition costs, net of taxes, associated with the FNBNY and CNB acquisitions and branch restructuring costs.
(5) 2013 amount includes $0.4 million of acquisition costs, net of taxes, associated with the FNBNY acquisition.
(6) The dividend payout ratio and cash dividends declared per common share for 2013 includes three declared quarterly dividends.

 

  Page - 16 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT

 

This report may contain statements relating to the future results of the Company (including certain projections and business trends) that are considered “forward-looking statements” as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “PSLRA”). Such forward-looking statements, in addition to historical information, which involve risk and uncertainties, are based on the beliefs, assumptions and expectations of management of the Company. Words such as “expects,” “believes,” “should,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “will,” “potential,” “could,” “intend,” “may,” “outlook,” “predict,” “project,” “would,” “estimated,” “assumes,” “likely,” and variation of such similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, possible or assumed estimates with respect to the financial condition, expected or anticipated revenue, and results of operations and business of the Company, including earnings growth; revenue growth in retail banking, lending and other areas; origination volume in the consumer, commercial and other lending businesses; current and future capital management programs; non-interest income levels, including fees from the title abstract subsidiary and banking services as well as product sales; tangible capital generation; market share; expense levels; and other business operations and strategies. The Company claims the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements contained in the PSLRA.

 

Factors that could cause future results to vary from current management expectations include, but are not limited to, changing economic conditions; legislative and regulatory changes, including increases in FDIC insurance rates; monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government; changes in tax policies; rates and regulations of federal, state and local tax authorities; changes in interest rates; deposit flows; the cost of funds; demand for loan products; demand for financial services; competition; the Company’s ability to successfully integrate acquired entities; changes in the quality and composition of the Bank’s loan and investment portfolios; changes in management’s business strategies; changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines; changes in real estate values; expanded regulatory requirements as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, which could adversely affect operating results; and other factors discussed elsewhere in this report including factors set forth under Item 1A., Risk Factors, and in quarterly and other reports filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this report, and the Company assumes no obligation to update the forward-looking statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those projected in the forward-looking statements.

 

OVERVIEW

 

Who The Company Is and How It Generates Income

 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc., a New York corporation, is a bank holding company formed in 1989. On a parent-only basis, the Company has had minimal results of operations. The Company is dependent on dividends from its wholly owned subsidiary, BNB Bank, its own earnings, additional capital raised, and borrowings as sources of funds. The information in this report reflects principally the financial condition and results of operations of the Bank. The Bank’s results of operations are primarily dependent on its net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on loans and investments and interest expense on deposits and borrowings. The Bank also generates non-interest income, such as fee income on deposit accounts and merchant credit and debit card processing programs, investment services, income from its title insurance subsidiary, and net gains on sales of securities and loans. The level of its non-interest expenses, such as salaries and benefits, occupancy and equipment costs, other general and administrative expenses, expenses from its title insurance subsidiary, and income tax expense, further affects the Bank’s net income. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts and the related discussion and analysis to conform to the current year presentation. These reclassifications did not have an impact on net income or total stockholders’ equity.

 

Year and Quarterly Highlights

 

Net loss for the 2017 fourth quarter of $6.9 million, or $0.35 per diluted share. Inclusive of:
o Charge of $7.6 million, or $0.39 per share, from the remeasurement of net deferred tax assets related to the Tax Act.
o Charge of $5.2 million, after tax, or $0.26 per share, from restructuring costs.

 

Net income for the full year 2017 was $20.5 million, or $1.04 per diluted share, compared to $35.5 million, or $2.00 per diluted share, for the full year 2016.

 

Net interest income increased to $127.2 million for 2017, compared to $120.9 million in 2016.

 

Net interest margin was 3.31% for 2017 and 3.45% for 2016.

 

Total assets of $4.4 billion at December 31, 2017, an increase of $375.4 million, or 9.3%, over December 31, 2016.

 

  Page - 17 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Total loans held for investment at December 31, 2017 totaled $3.1 billion, an increase of $502.3 million, or 19.3%, over December 31, 2016.

 

Total deposits of $3.3 billion at December 31, 2017, an increase of $408.5 million, or 14.0%, over December 31, 2016.

 

Allowance for loan losses was 1.02% of loans as of December 31, 2017, compared to 1.00% at December 31, 2016.

 

A cash dividend of $0.23 per share was declared and paid in January 2018 for the fourth quarter.

 

Significant Recent Events

 

Charter Conversion and Branch Rationalization

In the fourth quarter 2017, the Company executed on two major initiatives: identifying and executing a branch rationalization strategy and the finalization of the Bank’s charter conversion from a national bank to a New York chartered commercial bank effective December 31, 2017. In connection with its charter conversion, the Bank obtained approval from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York to remain a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. Following an assessment of the Company’s branch network to ensure it is covering its markets efficiently, the Company identified six branches that it closed in the first quarter of 2018. As a result, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $8.0 million in the fourth quarter 2017, with $7.7 million attributable to existing lease obligations, employee severance, and other related branch charges. The impact on pre-tax income for the year ended December 31, 2018, in the form of cost savings is expected to be $4.0 million, with an expected payback period of no more than 24 months.

 

Current Regulatory Environment

 

The Bank continues to operate in a highly regulated environment with many new regulations issued and remaining to be issued under the Dodd-Frank Act enacted on July 21, 2010.  In 2013, the FDIC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final rule that revised their leverage and risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.  Among other things, the rule established a new common equity tier 1 minimum capital requirement of 4.5% of risk-weighted assets, increased the minimum tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement from 4.0% to 6.0% of risk-weighted assets and assigned a higher risk weight of 150% to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on nonaccrual status and to certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property.  The rule also requires unrealized gains and losses on certain “available-for-sale” securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital unless a one-time opt-out is exercised.  Additional constraints were also imposed on the inclusion in regulatory capital of mortgage-servicing assets, deferred tax assets and minority interests.  The rule limits a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements.  The final rule became effective for the Bank on January 1, 2015.  The capital conservation buffer requirement is being phased in from January 1, 2016 to January 1, 2019, when the full capital conservation buffer requirement will be effective. The final rules, while more favorable to community banks, require that all banks maintain higher levels of capital. The Bank’s current capital levels meet these requirements.

 

Challenges and Opportunities

 

In December 2017, the Federal Reserve decided to increase the target range for the federal funds rate to 1.25 to 1.50 percent. The Federal Open Market Committee’s (“FOMC”) stance on monetary policy remains accommodative, thereby supporting strong labor market conditions and a sustained return to two percent inflation. In determining the timing and size of future adjustments to the target range for the federal funds rate, the FOMC will assess realized and expected economic conditions relative to its objectives of maximum employment and two percent inflation. This assessment will take into account a wide range of information, including measures of labor market conditions, indicators of inflation pressures and inflation expectations, and readings on financial and international developments. The FOMC will carefully monitor actual and expected inflation developments relative to its symmetric inflation goal. The FOMC stated its expectation that economic conditions will evolve in a manner that would warrant gradual increases in the federal funds rate; the federal funds rate is likely to remain, for some time, below levels that are expected to prevail in the longer run. However, the actual path of the federal funds rate will depend on the economic outlook as informed by incoming data.

 

Interest rates have been at or near historic lows for an extended period of time. Growth and service strategies have the potential to offset the compression on the net interest margin with volume as the customer base grows through expanding the Bank’s footprint, while maintaining and developing existing relationships. Since 2010, the Bank has opened fourteen branches, including one in September 2017 in Astoria, New York, two in April 2017 in Riverhead and East Moriches, New York, and one in March 2017 in Sag Harbor, New York. The Bank has also grown through acquisitions including the June 2015 acquisition of Community National Bank (“CNB”), the February 2014 acquisition of First National Bank of New York (“FNBNY”), and the May 2011 acquisition of Hamptons State Bank (“HSB”). Management will continue to seek opportunities to expand its reach into other contiguous markets by network

 

  Page - 18 -  

Table of Contents  

 

expansion, or through the addition of professionals with established customer relationships. Recent and pending acquisitions of local competitors may also provide additional growth opportunities.

  

The Bank continues to face challenges associated with ever-increasing regulations and the current low interest rate environment. Over time, additional rate increases should provide some relief to net interest margin compression as new loans are funded and securities are reinvested at higher rates. However, in the short term, the fair value of available for sale securities declines when rates increase, resulting in net unrealized losses and a reduction in stockholders’ equity. Strategies for managing for the eventuality of higher rates have a cost. Extending liability maturities or shortening the term of assets increases interest expense and reduces interest income. An additional method for managing in a higher rate environment is to grow stable core deposits, requiring continued investment in people, technology and branches. Over time, the costs of these strategies should provide long-term benefits.

 

The key to delivering on the Company’s mission is combining its expanding branch network, improving technology, and experienced professionals with the critical element of local decision-making. The successful expansion of the franchise’s geographic reach continues to deliver the desired results: increasing deposits and loans, and generating higher levels of revenue and income.

 

Corporate objectives include: leveraging the Bank’s branch network to build customer relationships and grow loans and deposits; focusing on opportunities and processes that continue to enhance the customer experience at the Bank; improving operational efficiencies and prudent management of non-interest expense; and maximizing non-interest income. Management believes there remain opportunities to grow its franchise and that continued investments to generate core funding, quality loans and new sources of revenue remain keys to continue creating long-term shareholder value. The ability to attract, retain, train and cultivate employees at all levels of the Company remains significant to meeting corporate objectives. The Company has made great progress toward the achievement of these objectives, and avoided many of the problems facing other financial institutions. This is a result of maintaining discipline in its underwriting, expansion strategies, investing and general business practices. The Company has capitalized on opportunities presented by the market and diligently seeks opportunities to grow and strengthen the franchise. The Company recognizes the potential risks of the current economic environment and will monitor the impact of market events as management evaluates loans and investments and considers growth initiatives. Management and the Board have built a solid foundation for growth and the Company is positioned to adapt to anticipated changes in the industry resulting from new regulations and legislative initiatives.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2017 contains a summary of significant accounting policies. Various elements of the Company’s accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. The Company’s policy with respect to the methodologies used to determine the allowance for loan losses is its most critical accounting policy. This policy is important to the presentation of the financial condition and results of operations, and it involves a higher degree of complexity and requires management to make difficult and subjective judgments, which often require assumptions or estimates about highly uncertain matters. The use of different judgments, assumptions and estimates could result in material differences in the results of operations or financial condition.

 

The following is a description of this critical accounting policy and an explanation of the methods and assumptions underlying its application.

 

ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

Management considers the accounting policy on the allowance for loan losses to be the most critical and requires complex management judgment. The judgments made regarding the allowance for loan losses can have a material effect on the results of operations of the Company.

 

The allowance for loan losses is established and maintained through a provision for loan losses based on probable incurred losses in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis. The allowance is comprised of both individual valuation allowances and loan pool valuation allowances. The Bank monitors its entire loan portfolio on a regular basis, with consideration given to detailed analysis of classified loans, repayment patterns, probable incurred losses, past loss experience, current economic conditions, and various types of concentrations of credit. Additions to the allowance are charged to expense and realized losses, net of recoveries, are charged to the allowance.

 

Individual valuation allowances are established in connection with specific loan reviews and the asset classification process including the procedures for impairment testing under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) No. 310, “Receivables”. Such valuation, which includes a review of loans for which full collectability in accordance with contractual terms is not reasonably assured, considers the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less the costs to sell, if any, or the present value of expected future cash flows, or the loan’s observable market value. Any shortfall that exists from this analysis results in a specific allowance for the loan. Pursuant to the Company’s policy, loan losses must be charged-off in the period the loans,

 

  Page - 19 -  

Table of Contents  

  

or portions thereof, are deemed uncollectable. Assumptions and judgments by management, in conjunction with outside sources, are used to determine whether full collectability of a loan is not reasonably assured. These assumptions and judgments are also used to determine the estimates of the fair value of the underlying collateral or the present value of expected future cash flows or the loan’s observable market value. Individual loan analyses are periodically performed on specific loans considered impaired. For collateral dependent impaired loans, appraisals are performed by certified general appraisers (for commercial properties) or certified residential appraisers (for residential properties) whose qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and verified by the Company.  Once received, the Credit Administration department reviews the assumptions and approaches utilized in the appraisal as well as the overall resulting fair value in comparison with independent data sources, such as recent market data or industry-wide statistics.  On a quarterly basis, the Company compares the actual selling price of collateral that has been sold, based on these independent sources, as well as recent appraisals associated with current loan origination activity, to the most recent appraised value to determine if additional adjustments should be made to the appraisal value to arrive at fair value.  Adjustments to fair value are made only when the analysis indicates a probable decline in collateral values. Individual valuation allowances could differ materially as a result of changes in these assumptions and judgments. The results of the individual valuation allowances are aggregated and included in the overall allowance for loan losses.

 

Loan pool valuation allowances represent loss allowances that have been established to recognize the inherent risks associated with the Bank’s lending activities, but which, unlike individual allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. Pool evaluations are broken down into loans with homogenous characteristics by loan type and include commercial real estate mortgages, owner and non-owner occupied; multi-family mortgage loans; residential real estate mortgages, home equity loans; commercial, industrial and agricultural loans, secured and unsecured; real estate construction and land loans; and consumer loans. Management considers a variety of factors in determining the adequacy of the valuation allowance and has developed a range of valuation allowances necessary to adequately provide for probable incurred losses in each pool of loans. Management considers the Bank’s charge-off history along with the growth in the portfolio as well as the Bank’s credit administration and asset management philosophies and procedures when determining the allowances for each pool. In addition, management evaluates and considers the credit’s risk rating which includes management’s evaluation of: cash flow, collateral, guarantor support, financial disclosures, industry trends and strength of borrowers’ management, the impact that economic and market conditions may have on the portfolio as well as known and inherent risks in the portfolio. Finally, management evaluates and considers the allowance ratios and coverage percentages of both peer group and regulatory agency data. These evaluations are inherently subjective because, even though they are based on objective data, it is management’s interpretation of that data that determines the amount of the appropriate allowance. If the evaluations prove to be incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance for loan losses.

 

The Credit Risk Management Committee (“CRMC”) is comprised of Bank management. The adequacy of the allowance is analyzed quarterly, with any adjustment to a level deemed appropriate by the CRMC, based on its risk assessment of the entire portfolio. Each quarter, members of the CRMC meet with the Credit Risk Committee of the Board to review credit risk trends and the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Based on the CRMC’s review of the classified loans and the overall allowance levels as they relate to the entire loan portfolio at December 31, 2017 and 2016, management believes the allowance for loan losses has been established at levels sufficient to cover the probable incurred losses in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Future additions or reductions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic, market or other conditions. Changes in estimates could result in a material change in the allowance. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments of the information available to them at the time of their examination.

 

For additional information regarding the allowance for loan losses, see Note 5 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

NET INCOME

 

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2017 totaled $20.5 million, or $1.04 per diluted share, compared to $35.5 million, or $2.00 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $21.1 million, or $1.43 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net income decreased $15.0 million, or 42.1%, in 2017 compared to 2016 and net income for 2016 increased $14.4 million, or 68.1%, as compared to 2015. Changes in net income for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016 include: (i) a $6.3 million, or 5.2%, increase in net interest income; (ii) an $8.5 million increase in the provision for loan losses; (iii) a $2.1 million, or 12.8%, increase in total non-interest income; and (iv) a $14.6 million, or 19.0%, increase in total non-interest expense. The effective income tax rate was 48.0% for 2017 compared to 34.6% for 2016. Changes in net income for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015 include: (i) a $24.8 million, or 25.8%, increase in net interest income; (ii) a $1.6 million increase in the provision for loan losses; (iii) a $3.4 million, or 26.7%, increase in total non-interest income; and (iv) a $4.2 million, or 5.7%, increase in total non-interest expense. The effective income tax rate was 34.6% for 2016 compared to 33.8% for 2015.

 

Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding were higher for the year ended December 31, 2017 versus 2016 due in part to the $50 million common stock offering in November 2016.

 

  Page - 20 -  

Table of Contents  

  

ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME

 

Net interest income, the primary contributor to earnings, represents the difference between income on interest-earning assets and expenses on interest bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends upon the volume of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned or paid on them.

 

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s average consolidated balance sheets and its consolidated statements of income for the periods indicated and reflects the average yield on assets and average cost of liabilities for those periods on a tax equivalent basis based on the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35%. The Tax Act lowered the U.S, federal statutory tax rate to 21% effective as of January 1, 2018. The Company expects its tax equivalent adjustment to interest income will decrease as a result of the lower federal statutory tax rate in 2018. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods shown. Average balances are derived from daily average balances and include nonaccrual loans. The yields and costs include fees and costs, which are considered adjustments to yields. Interest on nonaccrual loans has been included only to the extent reflected in the consolidated statements of income. For purposes of this table, the average balances for investments in debt and equity securities exclude unrealized appreciation/depreciation due to the application of FASB ASC 320, “Investments - Debt and Equity Securities.”

 

  Page - 21 -  

Table of Contents  

  

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015  
(Dollars in thousands)   Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/
Cost
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/
Cost
    Average
Balance
    Interest     Average
Yield/
Cost
 
Interest earning assets:                                                                        
Loans, net (1)(2)   $ 2,774,422     $ 126,802       4.57 %   $ 2,494,750     $ 117,114       4.69 %   $ 1,876,934     $ 89,204       4.75 %
Mortgage-backed, CMOs and other asset-back securities     737,212       15,231       2.07       681,899       13,484       1.98       562,553       11,173       1.99  
Taxable securities     220,744       6,074       2.75       219,049       5,612       2.56       197,363       4,574       2.32  
Tax exempt securities (2)     90,077       2,835       3.15       83,677       2,689       3.21       73,796       2,590       3.51  
Federal funds sold                                         8              
Deposits with banks     24,554       278       1.13       29,054       147       0.51       18,614       47       0.25  
Total interest earning assets (2)     3,847,009       151,220       3.93       3,508,429       139,046       3.96       2,729,268       107,588       3.94  
Non-interest earning assets:                                                                        
Cash and due from banks     70,053                       62,676                       55,570                  
Other assets     283,966                       278,455                       179,205                  
Total assets   $ 4,201,028                     $ 3,849,560                     $ 2,964,043                  
                                                                         
Interest bearing liabilities:                                                                        
Savings, NOW and money market deposits   $ 1,717,529     $ 7,858       0.46 %   $ 1,585,158     $ 5,250       0.33 %   $ 1,289,678     $ 4,002       0.31 %
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more     147,366       1,843       1.25       126,904       932       0.73       134,211       929       0.69  
Other time deposits     72,550       725       1.00       96,842       684       0.71       96,617       673       0.70  
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements     132,514       1,571       1.19       162,118       1,075       0.66       115,648       474       0.41  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     401,258       6,105       1.52       275,591       3,001       1.09       127,358       1,425       1.12  
Subordinated debentures     78,566       4,539       5.78       78,427       4,539       5.79       21,911       1,261       5.76  
Junior subordinated debentures     668       48       7.19       15,620       1,364       8.73       15,875       1,365       8.60  
Total interest bearing liabilities     2,550,451       22,689       0.89       2,340,660       16,845       0.72       1,801,298       10,129       0.56  
Non-interest bearing liabilities:                                                                        
Demand deposits     1,174,840                       1,110,824                       873,794                  
Other liabilities     33,465                       36,839                       21,936                  
Total liabilities     3,758,756                       3,488,323                       2,697,028                  
Stockholders’ equity     442,272                       361,237                       267,015                  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 4,201,028                     $ 3,849,560                     $ 2,964,043                  
                                                                         
Net interest income/interest rate spread (2) (3)             128,531       3.04 %             122,201       3.24 %             97,459       3.38 %
                                                                         
Net interest earning assets/net interest margin (2) (4)   $ 1,296,558               3.34 %   $ 1,167,769               3.48 %   $ 927,970               3.57 %
                                                                         
Tax equivalent adjustment             (1,371 )     (0.03 )%             (1,330 )     (0.03 )%             (1,348 )     (0.05 )%
                                                                         
Net interest income/net interest margin (4)           $ 127,160       3.31 %           $ 120,871       3.45 %           $ 96,111       3.52 %
                                                                         
Ratio of interest earning assets to interest bearing liabilities                     150.84 %                     149.89 %                     151.52 %

 

(1) Amounts are net of deferred origination costs/(fees) and the allowance for loan losses.
(2) Presented on a tax equivalent basis based on the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35%.
(3) Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest earning assets and the cost of average interest bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest earning assets.

 

  Page - 22 -  

Table of Contents  

  

RATE/VOLUME ANALYSIS

 

Net interest income can be analyzed in terms of the impact of changes in rates and volumes. The following table illustrates the extent to which changes in interest rates and in the volume of average interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities have affected the Bank’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) changes attributable to changes in rates (changes in rates multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net changes. For purposes of this table, changes that are not due solely to volume or rate changes have been allocated to these categories based on the respective percentage changes in average volume and rate. Due to the numerous simultaneous volume and rate changes during the periods analyzed, it is not possible to precisely allocate changes between volume and rates. In addition, average earning assets include nonaccrual loans.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2017 Over 2016
Changes Due To
    2016 Over 2015
Changes Due To
 
(In thousands)   Volume     Rate     Net Change     Volume     Rate     Net Change  
Interest income on interest earning assets:                                                
Loans (1) (2)   $ 12,754     $ (3,066 )   $ 9,688     $ 29,048     $ (1,138 )   $ 27,910  
Mortgage-backed, CMOs and other asset-backed   securities     1,137       610       1,747       2,367       (56 )     2,311  
Taxable securities     43       419       462       535       503       1,038  
Tax exempt securities (2)     200       (54 )     146       331       (232 )     99  
Deposits with banks     (26 )     157       131       35       65       100  
Total interest income on interest earning assets (2)     14,108       (1,934 )     12,174       32,316       (858 )     31,458  
                                                 
Interest expense on interest bearing liabilities:                                                
Savings, NOW and money market deposits     463       2,145       2,608       974       274       1,248  
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more     168       743       911       (51 )     54       3  
Other time deposits     (198 )     239       41       2       9       11  
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements     (225 )     721       496       239       362       601  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     1,662       1,442       3,104       1,615       (39 )     1,576  
Subordinated debentures     9       (9 )           3,271       7       3,278  
Junior subordinated debentures     (1,111 )     (205 )     (1,316 )     (22 )     21       (1 )
Total interest expenses on interest bearing liabilities     768       5,076       5,844       6,028       688       6,716  
Net interest income (2)   $ 13,340     $ (7,010 )   $ 6,330     $ 26,288     $ (1,546 )   $ 24,742  

 

(1) Amounts are net of deferred origination costs/(fees) and the allowance for loan losses.

 

(2) Presented on a tax equivalent basis based on the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35%.

 

Net interest income was $127.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $120.9 million in 2016 and $96.1 million in 2015. The increase in net interest income was $6.3 million, or 5.2%, as compared to 2016 and $24.8 million, or 25.8%, in 2016 as compared to 2015. Average net interest earning assets increased $128.8 million to $1.3 billion for the full year 2017 compared to $1.2 billion for the full year 2016, and increased $239.8 million to $1.2 billion for the full year 2016 compared to $928.0 million for the full year 2015. The increases in average net interest earning assets reflect organic growth in loans and an increase in securities, partially offset by increases in average deposits and average borrowings. The net interest margin decreased to 3.31% in 2017 compared to 3.45% in 2016 and 3.52% in 2015. The decrease in the net interest margin for 2017 compared to 2016 reflects the higher overall funding costs due in part to the Fed Funds rate increases in December 2016, March 2017, June 2017, and December 2017, partially offset by the decrease in costs associated with the junior subordinated debentures, which were redeemed in January 2017. The decrease in the net interest margin for 2016 compared to 2015 reflects the higher costs of borrowings associated with the $80 million in subordinated debentures issued in September 2015 and higher overall borrowing costs due to the Fed Funds rate increase in December 2015.

 

Interest income increased $12.1 million, or 8.8%, to $149.8 million in 2017 from $137.7 million in 2016 as average interest earning assets increased $338.6 million, or 9.7%, to $3.8 billion in 2017 compared to $3.5 billion in 2016. Interest income increased $31.5 million, or 29.6%, to $137.7 million in 2016 from $106.2 million in 2015, due to an increase of $779.2 million in average interest earning assets to $3.5 billion for 2016 from $2.7 billion in 2015. The tax adjusted average yield on interest earning assets was 3.93% for the full year 2017, 3.96% in 2016 and 3.94% in 2015.

 

  Page - 23 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Interest income on loans increased $9.7 million to $126.4 million in 2017 over 2016, and $27.9 million to $116.7 million in 2016 over 2015, primarily due to growth in the loan portfolio, partially offset by a decrease in the average yield on loans. For the year ended December 31, 2017, average loans grew by $279.7 million, or 11.2%, to $2.8 billion as compared to $2.5 billion in 2016, and increased $617.8 million, or 32.9%, in 2016 as compared to $1.9 billion in 2015. The increases in average loans were the result of the organic growth in commercial real estate mortgage loans, multi-family mortgage loans, commercial and industrial loans, and residential mortgage loans, as well as the acquisition of CNB. The Bank remains committed to growing loans with prudent underwriting, sensible pricing and limited credit and extension risk.

 

Interest income on securities increased $2.3 million, or 11.1%, in 2017 to $23.1 million from $20.8 million in 2016, and increased $3.4 million, or 19.6%, in 2016 from $17.4 million in 2015. Interest income on securities included net amortization of premiums on securities of $6.4 million in 2017, compared to $6.5 million in 2016 and $4.9 million in 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2017, average total securities increased by $63.4 million, or 6.4%, to $1.0 billion as compared to $984.6 million in 2016, and increased $150.9 million in 2016 compared to $833.7 million in 2015.

 

Total interest expense increased to $22.7 million in 2017, as compared to $16.8 million in 2016 and $10.1 million in 2015. The increase in interest expense in 2017 is a result of the increase in the cost of average interest bearing liabilities coupled with an increase in average interest bearing liabilities . The cost of average interest bearing liabilities was 0.89% in 2017, 0.72% in 2016, and 0.56% in 2015. The increase in the cost of average interest bearing liabilities is primarily due to higher overall funding costs, due in part to the Fed Funds rate increases in December 2016, March 2017, June 2017 and December 2017, partially offset by the decrease in costs associated with the junior subordinated debentures, which were redeemed in January 2017 . Since the Company’s interest bearing liabilities generally reprice or mature more quickly than its interest earning assets, an increase in short term interest rates would initially result in a decrease in net interest income. The Company began extending the terms of certain matured borrowings at the end of the 2017 first quarter in anticipation of further Fed Funds rate increases. Additionally, the large percentages of deposits in money market accounts reprice at short-term market rates making the balance sheet more liability sensitive. The Bank continues its prudent management of deposit pricing. Average total interest bearing liabilities were $2.6 billion in 2017, compared to $2.3 billion in 2016 and $1.8 billion in 2015. The increases in average interest bearing liabilities in 2017 were primarily due to increases in both average borrowings and average deposits. The Bank grew average interest bearing liabilities in 2016 and 2015 as a result of the acquisition of CNB deposits in June 2015.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2017, average total deposits increased by $192.6 million, or 6.6%, to $3.1 billion, as compared to $2.9 billion in 2016, and increased by $525.4 million, or 21.9%, in 2016 as compared to $2.4 billion in 2015. The increase in average total deposits reflects higher average balances in savings, NOW and money market accounts of $132.4 million, or 8.4%, in 2017 as compared to 2016, and an increase of $295.5 million, or 22.9%, in 2016 as compared to 2015. Average demand deposits increased $64.0 million, or 5.8%, in 2017 as compared to 2016, and increased $237.0 million, or 27.1%, in 2016 as compared to 2015. The Bank’s deposit growth in 2016 over 2015 includes the acquisition of CNB, which closed in June 2015, adding eleven additional branches to the existing branch network. The cost of average savings, NOW and money market accounts was 0.46% for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to 0.33% in 2016 and 0.31% in 2015. Average public fund deposits comprised 16.0% of total average deposits during 2017, as compared to 17.1% in 2016 and 14.7% in 2015.

 

Average federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements decreased $29.6 million, or 18.3%, to $132.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $162.1 million for 2016, and increased $46.5 million, or 40.2%, in 2016 compared to $115.6 million in 2015. Average FHLB advances increased $125.7 million, or 45.6%, to $401.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to $275.6 million for 2016, and increased $148.2 million in 2016 compared to $127.4 million in 2015. Average subordinated debentures increased $139 thousand, or 0.2%, to $78.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $78.4 million for 2016, and increased $56.5 million, or 257.9%, compared to $21.9 million in 2015. The junior subordinated debentures were redeemed in January 2017.

 

Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The Bank’s loan portfolio consists primarily of real estate loans secured by commercial, multi-family and residential real estate properties located in the Bank’s principal lending areas of Nassau and Suffolk Counties on Long Island and the New York City boroughs. The interest rates charged by the Bank on loans are affected primarily by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for lending purposes, the rates offered by its competitors, the Bank’s relationship with the customer, and the related credit risks of the transaction. These factors are affected by general and economic conditions including, but not limited to, monetary policies of the federal government, including the Federal Reserve Board, legislative policies and governmental budgetary matters.

 

Based on the Company’s continuing review of the overall loan portfolio, the current asset quality of the portfolio, the growth in the loan portfolio and the net charge-offs, a provision for loan losses of $14.1 million was recorded in 2017, as compared to $5.6 million in 2016 and $4.0 million in 2015. Net charge-offs were $8.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, as compared to $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in charge-offs in 2017 resulted primarily from the charge-off of loans and specific reserves associated with two specific relationships. The Company

 

  Page - 24 -  

Table of Contents  

  

considers the losses incurred as isolated and not indicative of any negative trends within either the borrowers’ industries or the Company’s overall credit profile. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to nonaccrual loans was 456%, 2,087% and 1,537%, at December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015, respectively. The allowance for loan losses increased to $31.7 million at December 31, 2017 as compared to $25.9 million at December 31, 2016 and $20.7 million at December 31, 2015. The allowance as a percentage of total loans was 1.02%, 1.00% and 0.86% at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The increases in the allowance for loan losses and the provision for loan losses reflect loan growth in all portfolios and an increase in charge-offs and specific reserves, coupled with an increase in substandard loans. Management continues to carefully monitor the loan portfolio as well as real estate trends in Nassau and Suffolk Counties and the New York City boroughs.

 

Loans totaling $85.3 million or 2.8%, of total loans at December 31, 2017 were categorized as classified loans compared to $84.3 million, or 3.2%, at December 31, 2016 and $26.9 million, or 1.1%, at December 31, 2015. Classified loans include loans with credit quality indicators with the internally assigned grades of special mention, substandard and doubtful. These loans are categorized as classified loans as management has information that indicates the borrower may not be able to comply with the present repayment terms. These loans are subject to increased management attention and their classification is reviewed at least quarterly.

 

At December 31, 2017, $34.0 million of these classified loans were commercial real estate (“CRE”) loans. Of the $34.0 million of CRE loans, $30.2 million were current and $3.8 million were past due. At December 31, 2017, $6.6 million of classified loans were residential real estate loans with $5.9 million current and $0.7 million past due. Commercial, industrial, and agricultural loans represented $44.4 million of classified loans, with $40.0 million current and $4.4 million past due. Taxi medallion loans represented $24.6 million of the classified commercial, industrial and agricultural loans at December 31, 2017.  The Bank’s taxi medallion loan portfolio was downgraded to special mention at December 31, 2016 due to weakening cash flows and declining collateral values and certain loans have been further downgraded to substandard during 2017.  All of the Bank’s taxi medallion loans are collateralized by New York City – Manhattan medallions and have personal guarantees. All taxi medallion loans were current as of December 31, 2017 except one, which was nonaccrual.  No new originations of taxi medallion loans are currently planned, and management expects these balances to decline through amortization and pay-offs. At December 31, 2017, there were $0.3 million of classified real estate construction and land loans, all of which are current.

 

CRE loans, including multi-family loans, represented $1.9 billion, or 61.0%, of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2017 compared to $1.5 billion, or 59.2%, at December 31, 2016 and $1.4 billion, or 56.1%, at December 31, 2015. The Bank’s underwriting standards for CRE loans require an evaluation of the cash flow of the property, the overall cash flow of the borrower and related guarantors as well as the value of the real estate securing the loan. In addition, the Bank’s underwriting standards for CRE loans are consistent with regulatory requirements with original loan to value ratios generally less than or equal to 75%. The Bank considers charge-off history, delinquency trends, cash flow analysis, and the impact of the local economy on commercial real estate values when evaluating the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses.

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had individually impaired loans as defined by FASB ASC No. 310, “Receivables” of $22.5 million and $3.4 million, respectively. For a loan to be considered impaired, management determines after review whether it is probable that the Bank will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Management applies its normal loan review procedures in making these judgments. Impaired loans include individually classified nonaccrual loans and TDRs. For impaired loans, the Bank evaluates the impairment of the loan in accordance with FASB ASC 310-10-35-22. Impairment is determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. For loans that are collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell is used to determine the fair value of the loan. The fair value of the collateral is determined based on recent appraised values. The fair value of the collateral less costs to sell or present value of expected cash flows is compared to the carrying value to determine if any write-down or specific loan loss allowance allocation is required. The increase in impaired loans from December 31, 2016 is the result of the modification of certain CRE mortgage loans to one borrower totaling $7.8 million and certain taxi medallion loans as TDRs totaling $6.8 million, coupled with an increase in nonaccrual loans. The TDR loans are current and classified as performing TDRs at December 31, 2017.

 

Nonaccrual loans increased $5.8 million to $7.0 million, or 0.22%, of total loans at December 31, 2017 from $1.2 million, or 0.05%, of total loans at December 31, 2016. The increase was primarily due to a $2.1 million CRE loan and $3.5 million in commercial, industrial and agricultural loans to two borrowers, which became nonaccrual during the quarter ended December 31, 2017. TDRs represent $5 thousand of the nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2017 and $0.3 million at December 31, 2016.

 

  Page - 25 -  

Table of Contents  

  

The following table sets forth changes in the allowance for loan losses:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)   2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
Beginning balance   $ 25,904     $ 20,744     $ 17,637     $ 16,001     $ 14,439  
Charge-offs:                                        
Commercial real estate mortgage loans                 (50 )     (461 )      
Residential real estate mortgage loans           (56 )     (249 )     (257 )     (420 )
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans     (8,245 )     (930 )     (827 )     (104 )     (420 )
Real estate construction and land loans                             (23 )
Installment/consumer loans     (49 )     (1 )     (2 )     (2 )     (53 )
Total     (8,294 )     (987 )     (1,128 )     (824 )     (916 )
Recoveries:                                        
Commercial real estate mortgage loans           109                    
Residential real estate mortgage loans     28       96       79       170       34  
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans     16       386       149       87       87  
Real estate construction and land loans                             2  
Installment/consumer loans     3       6       7       3       5  
Total     47       597       235       260       128  
Net charge-offs     (8,247 )     (390 )     (893 )     (564 )     (788 )
Provision for loan losses charged to operations     14,050       5,550       4,000       2,200       2,350  
Ending balance   $ 31,707     $ 25,904     $ 20,744     $ 17,637     $ 16,001  
Ratio of net charge-offs during period to average loans outstanding     (0.30 )%     (0.02 )%     (0.04 )%     (0.04 )%     (0.09 )%

 

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The following table sets forth the allocation of the total allowance for loan losses by loan classification:

 

    December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
(Dollars in thousands)   Amount     Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans
    Amount     Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans
    Amount     Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans
    Amount     Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans
    Amount     Percentage
of Loans
to Total
Loans
 
Commercial real estate mortgage loans   $ 11,048       41.7 %   $ 9,225       42.0 %   $ 7,850       43.8 %   $ 6,994       44.5 %   $ 6,279       47.9 %
Multi-family mortgage loans     4,521       19.2       6,264       20.0       4,208       14.6       2,670       16.4       1,597       10.6  
Residential real estate mortgage loans     2,438       15.0       1,495       14.1       2,115       16.3       2,208       11.7       2,712       15.2  
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans     12,838       19.9       7,837       20.2       5,405       20.8       4,526       21.8       4,006       20.7  
Real estate construction and land loans     740       3.5       955       3.1       1,030       3.8       1,104       4.8       1,206       4.7  
Installment/consumer loans     122       0.7       128       0.6       136       0.7       135       0.8       201       0.9  
Total   $ 31,707       100.0 %   $ 25,904       100.0 %   $ 20,744       100.0 %   $ 17,637       100.0 %   $ 16,001       100.0 %

 

Non-Interest Income

 

Total non-interest income increased by $2.1 million, or 12.8%, to $18.1 million in 2017 compared to $16.0 million in 2016 and increased by $3.3 million, or 26.7%, in 2016 as compared to $12.7 million in 2015. The increase in total non-interest income in 2017 compared to 2016 was primarily due to increases in service charges and other fees, gain on sale of SBA loans, title fee income, other operating income, BOLI income, partially offset by a decrease in net securities gains. The increase in total non-interest income in 2016 compared to 2015 was primarily due to higher service charges and other fees, BOLI income, gain on sale of SBA loans, net securities gains, and other operating income.

 

Service charges and other fees for the year ended December 31, 2017 increased $0.6 million, or 7.0%, to $9.0 million compared to $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, and increased $1.3 million, or 19.2%, in 2016 compared to $7.1 million in 2015. Net securities gains of $38 thousand were recognized in 2017, compared to $0.4 million in 2016 and net securities losses of $8 thousand in 2015. The net securities gains in 2016 were primarily attributable to the sale of $235.7 million of lower yielding securities in the 2016 second quarter as part of a deleveraging strategy by the Company. Bridge Abstract, the Bank’s title insurance subsidiary, generated title fee income of $2.4 million in 2017, $1.8 million in 2016, and $1.9 million in 2015. Gain on sale of SBA loans increased $0.6 million, or 54.0%, to $1.7 million in 2017 compared to $1.1 million in 2016, and increased $0.6 million, or 116.4%, in 2016 compared to $0.5 million in 2015. BOLI income increased $0.4 million, or 16.6%, to $2.3 million in 2017 compared to $1.9 million in 2016, and increased $0.7 million, or 57.5%, in 2016 compared to $1.2 million in 2015.

 

  Page - 26 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Other operating income increased $0.4 million to $2.7 million in 2017 compared to $2.3 million in 2016, primarily due to an increase in loan swap fee income of $0.9 million, and increased $0.3 million in 2016 compared to $2.0 million in 2015, primarily due to a $0.9 million increase in miscellaneous income primarily related to a net recovery associated with certain identified FNBNY acquired problem loans recorded in 2016.

 

Non-Interest Expense

 

Total non-interest expense increased $14.6 million, or 19.0%, to $91.7 million in 2017 compared to $77.1 million in 2016, and increased $4.2 million, or 5.7%, in 2016 from $72.9 million in 2015. The increase in 2017 is primarily due to restructuring costs related to branch restructuring and charter conversion, and higher salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment, technology and communications, marketing and advertising, and other operating expenses, partially offset lower amortization of other intangible assets, professional services and FDIC assessments. The increase from 2015 to 2016 is a result of increases in all expense categories, offset by a decrease in acquisition costs, all of which were attributable to the CNB acquisition. The reversal of accrued acquisition costs in 2016 is due to the reversal of pending merger related liabilities recorded at the acquisition date, which have since been settled.

 

Salaries and employee benefits increased $4.9 million, or 11.9%, to $45.8 million in 2017 compared to $40.9 million in 2016, and increased $7.0 million, or 20.8%, in 2016 from $33.9 million in 2015. The increase in salaries and employee benefits in 2017 is primarily due to additional staff related to new branches, business development, and risk management. The increase in salaries and employee benefits in 2016 reflect additional positions to support the Company’s expanding infrastructure primarily related to the acquisition of CNB and a larger loan portfolio. Occupancy and equipment increased $1.2 million, or 9.4%, to $14.0 million in 2017 compared to $12.8 million in 2016, and increased $1.8 million, or 15.9%, in 2016 from $11.0 million in 2015. Technology and communications increased $0.8 million, or 17.5%, to $5.7 million in 2017 compared to $4.9 million in 2016, and increased $1.3 million, or 36.1%, in 2016 from $3.6 million in 2015. Marketing and advertising increased $0.7 million, or 17.1%, to $4.7 million in 2017 from $4.0 million in 2016, and increased $0.9 million, or 29.5%, in 2016 from $3.1 million in 2015. Higher occupancy and equipment, technology and communications, and marketing and advertising expenses in 2016 were primarily related to the higher operating costs associated with the acquired CNB operations and facilities, investments in technology and additional marketing costs. Professional services decreased $0.5 million, or 13.5%, to $3.1 million in 2017 from $3.6 million in 2016, and increased $1.3 million, or 56.7%, in 2016 from $2.3 million in 2015. FDIC assessments were $1.3 million in 2017, and $1.6 million in 2016 and 2015. The Company recorded amortization of other intangible assets of $1.0 million in 2017, $2.6 million in 2016, and $1.4 million in 2015 primarily related to the CNB and FNBNY acquisitions. Other operating expenses totaled $7.9 million in 2017, $7.4 million in 2016 and $6.1 million in 2015.

 

Income Tax Expense

 

Income tax expense increased $0.1 million, or 0.8%, to $18.9 million in 2017 compared to $18.8 million in 2016, and increased $8.0 million, or 74.4%, in 2016 from $10.8 million in 2015. The effective tax rate was 48.0% in 2017, 34.6% in 2016 and 33.8% in 2015. Income tax expense in 2017 included a $7.6 million charge to write-down the Company’s deferred tax assets due to the enactment of the Tax Act in the fourth quarter 2017. The increase in income tax expense in 2016 compared to 2015 reflects higher income before income taxes. The lower effective tax rate in 2015 compared to 2016 relates primarily to the tax benefit associated with the change in New York City tax law recognized in 2015. The Company estimates it will record income tax at an effective tax rate of approximately 23% in 2018.

 

FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

The Company’s total assets increased $375.4 million, or 9.3%, to $4.4 billion at December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016, with loan growth funded primarily by deposits. Net loans increased $496.5 million, or 19.3%, to $3.1 billion compared to December 31, 2016. The ability to grow the loan portfolio, while minimizing interest rate risk sensitivity and maintaining credit quality, remains a strong focus of management. Total securities decreased $101.6 million to $976.1 million at December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016. Cash and cash equivalents decreased $19.1 million to $94.7 million at December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016. Total deposits grew $408.5 million, or 14.0%, to $3.3 billion at December 31, 2017 compared to $2.9 billion at December 2016. Demand deposits increased $187.4 million to $1.3 billion as of December 31, 2017 compared to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2016. Savings, NOW and money market deposits increased $205.5 million to $1.8 billion at December 31, 2017 from $1.6 billion at December 31, 2016. Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more increased $32.4 million to $158.6 million at December 31, 2017 from $126.2 million at December 31, 2016. Other time deposits decreased $16.7 million to $63.8 million as of December 31, 2017 from $80.5 million as of December 31, 2016. Federal funds purchased at December 31, 2017 decreased $50.0 million, or 50.0%, to $50.0 million compared to $100.0 million at December 31, 2016. FHLB advances increased $4.7 million, or 0.9%, to $501.4 million at December 31, 2017 compared to $496.7 million at December 31, 2016. Repurchase agreements increased $0.2 million to $0.9 million at December 31, 2017 compared to $0.7 million at December 31, 2016. Junior subordinated debentures decreased $15.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 due to the redemption in January 2017.

 

  Page - 27 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Total stockholders’ equity increased $21.2 million, or 5.2%, to $429.2 million at December 31, 2017 compared to $408.0 million at December 31, 2016. The increase in 2017 is primarily due to net income of $20.5 million, the issuance of common stock related to the trust preferred securities conversions of $14.9 million, and share based compensation of $2.6 million, partially offset by $18.2 million in dividends.

 

Loans

 

During 2017, the Company continued to experience growth in all loan portfolios. The concentration of loans in the Company’s primary market areas may increase risk. Unlike larger banks that are more geographically diversified, the Bank’s loan portfolio consists primarily of real estate loans secured by commercial, multi-family and residential real estate properties located in the Bank’s principal lending areas of Nassau and Suffolk Counties on Long Island and the New York City boroughs. The local economic conditions on Long Island have a significant impact on the volume of loan originations, the quality of loans, the ability of borrowers to repay these loans, and the value of collateral securing these loans. A considerable decline in general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors beyond the Company’s control would impact these local economic conditions and could negatively affect the financial results of the Company’s operations. Additionally, decreases in tenant occupancy may also have a negative effect on the ability of borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which would have an adverse impact on the Company’s earnings.

 

The interest rates charged by the Bank on loans are affected primarily by the demand for such loans, the supply of money available for lending purposes, the rates offered by its competitors, the Bank’s relationship with the customer, and the related credit risks of the transaction. These factors are affected by general and economic conditions including, but not limited to, monetary policies of the federal government, including the FRB, legislative policies and governmental budgetary matters.

 

The Bank targets its business lending and marketing initiatives towards promotion of loans that primarily meet the needs of small to medium-sized businesses. These small to medium-sized businesses generally have fewer financial resources in terms of capital or borrowing capacity than larger entities. If general economic conditions negatively impact these businesses, the results of operations and financial condition of the Company may be adversely affected.

 

With respect to the underwriting of loans, there are certain risks, including the risk of non-payment that is associated with each type of loan that the Bank markets. Approximately 79.4% of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2017 is secured by real estate. Commercial real estate loans represent 41.7% of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Multi-family mortgage loans represent 19.2% of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Residential real estate mortgage loans represent 15.0% of the Bank’s loan portfolio and include home equity lines of credit representing 2.1% and residential mortgages representing 12.9% of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Real estate construction and land loans represent 3.5% of the Bank’s loan portfolio. Risks associated with a concentration in real estate loans include potential losses from fluctuating values of land and improved properties. Home equity loans represent loans originated in the Bank’s geographic markets with original loan to value ratios generally of 75% or less. The Bank’s residential mortgage portfolio includes approximately $56.1 million in interest only mortgages. The underwriting standards for interest only mortgages are consistent with the remainder of the loan portfolio and do not include any features that result in negative amortization. The Bank uses conservative underwriting criteria to better insulate itself from a downturn in real estate values and economic conditions on Long Island and the New York City boroughs that could have a significant impact on the value of collateral securing the loans as well as the ability of customers to repay loans.

 

The remainder of the loan portfolio is comprised of commercial and consumer loans, which represent 20.6% of the Bank’s loan portfolio. The commercial loans are made to businesses and include term loans, lines of credit, senior secured loans to corporations, equipment financing and taxi medallion loans. The primary risks associated with commercial loans are the cash flow of the business, the experience and quality of the borrowers’ management, the business climate, and the impact of economic factors. The primary risks associated with consumer loans relate to the borrower, such as the risk of a borrower’s unemployment as a result of deteriorating economic conditions or the amount and nature of a borrower’s other existing indebtedness, and the value of the collateral securing the loan if the Bank must take possession of the collateral.

 

The Bank’s policy for charging off loans is a multi-step process. A loan is considered a potential charge-off when it is in default of either principal or interest for a period of 90, 120 or 180 days, depending upon the loan type, as of the end of the prior month. In addition to date criteria, other triggering events may include, but are not limited to, notice of bankruptcy by the borrower or guarantor, death of the borrower, and deficiency balance from the sale of collateral. These loans identified are presented for evaluation at the regular meeting of the CRMC. A loan is charged off when a loss is reasonably assured. The recovery of charged-off balances is actively pursued until the potential for recovery has been exhausted, or until the expense of collection does not justify the recovery efforts.

 

Total loans grew $502.3 million, or 19.3%, to $3.1 billion at December 31, 2017 compared to $2.6 billion at December 31, 2016 with commercial real mortgage loans being the largest contributor of the growth. Commercial real estate mortgage loans increased $202.2 million, or 18.5%, during 2017. Residential real estate mortgage loans increased $99.4 million, or 27.2%, and multi-family mortgage

 

  Page - 28 -  

Table of Contents  

  

loans grew $77.1 million, or 14.9%, during 2017. Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans increased $91.6 million, or 17.5%, in 2017. Real estate construction and land loans increased $27.2 million, or 33.7%, and installment/consumer loans increased $4.7 million in 2017. Fixed rate loans represented 24.3% and 23.0% of total loans at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

The following table sets forth the major classifications of loans at the dates indicated:

 

    December 31,  
(In thousands)   2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
Commercial real estate mortgage loans   $ 1,293,906     $ 1,091,752     $ 1,053,399     $ 595,397     $ 484,900  
Multi-family mortgage loans     595,280       518,146       350,793       218,985       107,488  
Residential real estate mortgage loans     464,264       364,884       392,815       156,156       153,417  
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans     616,003       524,450       501,766       291,743       209,452  
Real estate construction and land loans     107,759       80,605       91,153       63,556       46,981  
Installment/consumer loans     21,041       16,368       17,596       10,124       9,287  
Total loans     3,098,253       2,596,205       2,407,522       1,335,961       1,011,525  
Net deferred loan costs and fees     4,499       4,235       3,252       2,366       1,738  
Total loans held for investment     3,102,752       2,600,440       2,410,774       1,338,327       1,013,263  
Allowance for loan losses     (31,707 )     (25,904 )     (20,744 )     (17,637 )     (16,001 )
Net loans   $ 3,071,045     $ 2,574,536     $ 2,390,030     $ 1,320,690     $ 997,262  

 

Selected Loan Maturity Information

 

The following table sets forth the approximate maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates of certain loans, exclusive of real estate mortgage loans and installment/consumer loans to individuals as of December 31, 2017:

 

(In thousands)   Within One
Year
    After One
But Within
Five Years
    After
Five Years
    Total  
Commercial loans   $ 235,405     $ 175,457     $ 224,042     $ 634,904  
Construction and land loans (1)     44,933       45,378       17,644       107,955  
Total   $ 280,338     $ 220,835     $ 241,686     $ 742,859  
                                 
Rate provisions:                                
Amounts with fixed interest rates   $ 20,633     $ 118,909     $ 64,484     $ 204,026  
Amounts with variable interest rates     259,705       101,926       177,202       538,833  
Total   $ 280,338     $ 220,835     $ 241,686     $ 742,859  

 

(1) Included in the “After Five Years” column, are one-step construction loans that contain a preliminary construction period (interest only) that automatically converts to amortization at the end of the construction phase.

 

  Page - 29 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Past Due, Nonaccrual and Restructured Loans and Other Real Estate Owned

 

The following table sets forth selected information about past due, nonaccrual, and restructured loans and other real estate owned:

 

    December 31,  
(In thousands)   2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing   $ 1,834     $ 1,027     $ 964     $ 144     $ 1  
Nonaccrual loans excluding restructured loans     6,950       909       850       713       1,856  
Restructured loans  - nonaccrual     5       332       60       490       1,965  
Restructured loans  - performing     16,727       2,417       1,681       5,031       5,184  
Other real estate owned, net                 250             2,242  
Total   $ 25,516     $ 4,685     $ 3,805     $ 6,378     $ 11,248  

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)   2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
Gross interest income that has not been paid or recorded during the year under original terms:                                        
Nonaccrual loans   $ 110     $ 17     $ 6     $ 33     $ 66  
Restructured loans           1       1       84       60  
                                         
Gross interest income recorded during the year:                                        
Nonaccrual loans   $ 282     $ 1     $ 1     $ 4     $ 94  
Restructured loans     619       123       109       214       282  
                                         
Commitments for additional funds                              

 

The following table sets forth individually impaired loans by loan classification:

 

    December 31,  
(In thousands)   2017     2016     2015     2014     2013  
Nonaccrual loans excluding restructured loans:                                        
Commercial real estate mortgage loans   $ 2,305     $ 185     $ 238     $ 295     $ 352  
Residential real estate mortgage loans     100       719       612       315       1,436  
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans     4,124                   75        
Total     6,529       904       850       685       1,788  
                                         
Restructured loans - nonaccrual:                                        
Commercial real estate mortgage loans                       300       617  
Residential real estate mortgage loans           65       60       69       618  
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans                       118       720  
Total           65       60       487       1,955  
                                         
Total non-performing impaired loans     6,529       969       910       1,172       3,743  
                                         
Restructured loans - performing:                                        
Commercial real estate mortgage loans     8,857       1,354       1,391       4,541       4,260  
Residential real estate mortgage loans                             329  
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans     7,106       1,030       290       489       526  
Total     15,963       2,384       1,681       5,030       5,115  
                                         
Total impaired loans   $ 22,492     $ 3,353     $ 2,591     $ 6,202     $ 8,858  

 

Securities

 

Securities totaled $976.1 million at December 31, 2017 compared to $1.1 billion at December 31, 2016, including restricted securities totaling $35.3 million at December 31, 2017 and $34.7 million at December 31, 2016. The available for sale portfolio decreased $59.8 million to $759.9 million from $819.7 million at December 31, 2016. Securities classified as available for sale may be sold in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in interest rates and resulting prepayment risk, or other factors. During 2017, the Company sold $52.4 million of securities compared to $264.4 million in 2016. The decrease in securities available for sale is primarily the result of a $60.1 million decrease in residential collateralized mortgage obligations, a $29.1 million decrease in state and municipal obligations, and a $6.5 million decrease in commercial collateralized mortgage obligations, partially offset by a $28.9 million increase in residential mortgage-backed securities, and a $13.4 million increase in corporate bonds. Securities held to maturity decreased $42.3 million to $180.9 million at December 31, 2017 compared to $223.2 million at December 31, 2016. The decrease in securities held to maturity is

 

  Page - 30 -  

Table of Contents  

 

primarily the result of an $11.0 million decrease in Corporate bonds, a $10.2 million decrease in commercial collateralized mortgage obligations, a $7.4 million decrease in residential collateralized mortgage obligations, a $5.9 million decrease in state and municipal obligations, and a $5.8 million decrease in commercial mortgage-backed securities. Fixed rate securities represented 87.5% of total available for sale and held to maturity securities at December 31, 2017 compared to 93.9% at December 31, 2016.

  

The following table sets forth the fair values, amortized costs, contractual maturities and approximate weighted average yields of the available for sale and held to maturity securities portfolios at December 31, 2017. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Yields on tax-exempt obligations have been computed on a tax equivalent basis based on the U.S. federal statutory tax rate of 35%.

 

    December 31, 2017  
    Within
One Year
    After One But
Within Five Years
    After Five But
Within Ten Years
    After
Ten Years
    Total  
(Dollars in thousands)   Estimated
Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Yield     Estimated
Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Yield     Estimated
Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Yield     Estimated
Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Yield     Estimated
Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
 
Available for sale:                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                 
U.S. GSE securities   $     $       %   $ 37,271     $ 37,994       1.73 %   $ 19,543     $ 20,000       2.29 %   $     $       %   $ 56,814     $ 57,994  
State and municipal obligations     9,588       9,600       1.75       45,196       45,683       1.94       31,809       31,884       2.85       429       415       4.03       87,022       87,582  
U.S. GSE residential mortgage-backed securities                                         25,203       25,482       1.91       161,698       164,223       2.10       186,901       189,705  
U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations                                         5,468       5,543       2.04       301,922       308,847       2.00       307,390       314,390  
U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-backed securities                       5,979       6,017       2.31                                           5,979       6,017  
U.S. GSE commercial collateralized mortgage obligations                                                           48,716       49,965       2.31       48,716       49,965  
Other asset backed securities                                                           23,401       24,250       1.33       23,401       24,250  
Corporate bonds                                         43,693       46,000       3.09                         43,693       46,000  
Total available for sale   $ 9,588     $ 9,600       1.75 %   $ 88,446     $ 89,694       1.88 %   $ 125,716     $ 128,909       2.63 %   $ 536,166     $ 547,700       2.03 %   $ 759,916     $ 775,903  
                                                                                                                 
Held to maturity:                                                                                                                
                                                                                                                 
State and municipal obligations   $ 3,766     $ 3,774       1.71 %   $ 17,610     $ 17,430       3.31 %   $ 38,599     $ 37,882       4.17 %   $ 1,695     $ 1,676       4.16 %   $ 61,670     $ 60,762  
U.S. GSE residential mortgage-backed securities                                         5,011       5,103       1.74       6,152       6,321       1.91       11,163       11,424  
U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations                                         6,769       6,795       2.00       47,059       47,455       2.56       53,828       54,250  
U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-backed securities                       9,373       9,311       2.59       4,916       5,022       2.26       8,303       8,620       3.00       22,592       22,953  
U.S. GSE commercial collateralized mortgage obligations                       3,851       4,030       1.68                         26,781       27,447       2.68       30,632       31,477  
Total held to maturity     3,766       3,774       1.71       30,834       30,771       2.88       55,295       54,802       3.50       89,990       91,519       2.62       179,885       180,866  
Total securities   $ 13,354     $ 13,374       1.74 %   $ 119,280     $ 120,465       2.13 %   $ 181,011     $ 183,711       2.89 %   $ 626,156     $ 639,219       2.11 %   $ 939,801     $ 956,769  

 

  Page - 31 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Deposits and Borrowings

 

Borrowings, including federal funds purchased, FHLB advances, repurchase agreements, subordinated debentures and junior subordinated debentures, decreased $60.2 million to $630.9 million at December 31, 2017 from $691.1 million at December 31, 2016. Total deposits increased $408.5 million to $3.3 billion at December 31, 2017 compared to $2.9 billion at December 31, 2016. Individual, partnership and corporate (“core deposits”) account balances increased $384.1 million and public funds deposits increased $24.4 million. The growth in deposits is attributable to increases in savings, NOW and money market deposits of $205.5 million, or 13.1%, to $1.8 billion at December 31, 2017, an increase in demand deposits of $187.4 million, or 16.3%, to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2017, and an increase in certificates of deposit of $15.6 million, or 7.0%, to $222.4 million at December 31, 2017. Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more increased $32.4 million, or 25.7%, from December 31, 2016 and other time deposits decreased $16.8 million, or 20.8%, as compared to December 31, 2016.

 

The following table sets forth the remaining maturities of the Bank’s time deposits at December 31, 2017:

 

(In thousands)   Less than
$100,000
    $100,000 or
Greater
    Total  
3 months or less   $ 10,344     $ 25,976     $ 36,320  
Over 3 through 6 months     16,068       24,944       41,012  
Over 6 through 12 months     15,533       32,713       48,246  
Over 12 months through 24 months     14,361       23,504       37,865  
Over 24 months through 36 months     5,438       6,283       11,721  
Over 36 months through 48 months     1,128       41,775       42,903  
Over 48 months through 60 months     908       2,656       3,564  
Over 60 months           733       733  
Total   $ 63,780     $ 158,584     $ 222,364  

 

LIQUIDITY

 

The objective of liquidity management is to ensure the sufficiency of funds available to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers, and to take advantage of unanticipated opportunities for Company growth or earnings enhancement. Liquidity management addresses the ability of the Company to meet financial obligations that arise in the normal course of business. Liquidity is primarily needed to meet customer borrowing commitments, deposit withdrawals either on demand or contractual maturity, to repay borrowings as they mature, to fund current and planned expenditures and to make new loans and investments as opportunities arise.

 

The Company’s principal sources of liquidity included cash and cash equivalents of $7.9 million as of December 31, 2017, and dividends from the Bank. Cash available for distribution of dividends to shareholders of the Company is primarily derived from dividends paid by the Bank to the Company. During 2017, the Bank did not pay cash dividends to the Company. Prior regulatory approval is required if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the Bank’s net income for that year combined with its retained net income of the preceding two years. As of January 1, 2018, the Bank had $48.2 million of retained net income available for dividends to the Company. In the event that the Company subsequently expands its current operations, in addition to dividends from the Bank, it will need to rely on its own earnings, additional capital raised and other borrowings to meet liquidity needs. The Company did not make capital contributions to the Bank during the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

The Bank’s most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, securities available for sale and securities held to maturity due within one year. The levels of these assets are dependent upon the Bank’s operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. Other sources of liquidity include loan and investment securities principal repayments and maturities, lines of credit with other financial institutions including the FHLB and FRB, growth in core deposits and sources of wholesale funding such as brokered deposits. While scheduled loan amortization, maturing securities and short-term investments are a relatively predictable source of funds, deposit flows and loan and mortgage-backed securities prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. The Bank adjusts its liquidity levels as appropriate to meet funding needs such as seasonal deposit outflows, loans, and asset and liability management objectives. Historically, the Bank has relied on its deposit base, drawn through its full-service branches that serve its market area and local municipal deposits, as its principal source of funding. The Bank seeks to retain existing deposits and loans and maintain customer relationships by offering quality service and competitive interest rates to its customers, while managing the overall cost of funds needed to finance its strategies.

 

The Bank’s Asset/Liability and Funds Management Policy allows for wholesale borrowings of up to 25% of total assets. At December 31, 2017, the Bank had aggregate lines of credit of $369.5 million with unaffiliated correspondent banks to provide short-term credit for liquidity requirements. Of these aggregate lines of credit, $349.5 million is available on an unsecured basis. As of December 31,

 

  Page - 32 -  

Table of Contents  

  

2017, the Bank had $50.0 million in overnight borrowings outstanding under these lines. The Bank also has the ability, as a member of the FHLB system, to borrow against unencumbered residential and commercial mortgages owned by the Bank. The Bank also has a master repurchase agreement with the FHLB, which increases its borrowing capacity. As of December 31, 2017, the Bank had $185.0 million outstanding in FHLB overnight borrowings and $316.4 million outstanding in FHLB term borrowings. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank had $175.0 million in FHLB overnight borrowings and $321.7 million outstanding in FHLB term borrowings. As of December 31, 2017, the Bank had securities sold under agreements to repurchase of $0.9 million outstanding with customers and nothing outstanding with brokers. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank had securities sold under agreements to repurchase of $0.7 million outstanding with customers and nothing outstanding with brokers. As of December 31, 2017, the Bank had $44.9 million outstanding in brokered certificates of deposit and $163.2 million outstanding in brokered money market accounts. As of December 31, 2016, the Bank had $58.6 million outstanding in brokered certificates of deposits and $177.0 million outstanding in brokered money market accounts.

 

Liquidity policies are established by senior management and reviewed and approved by the full Board of Directors at least annually. Management continually monitors the liquidity position and believes that sufficient liquidity exists to meet all of the Company’s operating requirements. The Bank’s liquidity levels are affected by the use of short term and wholesale borrowings and the amount of public funds in the deposit mix. Excess short-term liquidity is invested in overnight federal funds sold or in an interest earning account at the Federal Reserve.

 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

In the ordinary course of operations, the Company enters into certain contractual obligations.

 

The following table presents contractual obligations outstanding at December 31, 2017:

 

    Total     Less than
One Year
    One to
Three Years
   

Four to

Five Years

    Over Five
Years
 
(In thousands)                              
Operating leases   $ 47,322     $ 6,473     $ 11,698     $ 10,228     $ 18,923  
FHLB advances and repurchase agreements     502,251       500,960       1,291              
Subordinated debentures     80,000                         80,000  
Time deposits     222,364       125,578       49,586       46,467       733  
Total contractual obligations outstanding   $ 851,937     $ 633,011     $ 62,575     $ 56,695     $ 99,656  

 

COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENT LIABILITIES, AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

 

Some financial instruments, such as loan commitments, credit lines, letters of credit, and overdraft protection, are issued to meet customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance sheet risk to credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, often including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment. At December 31, 2017, the Company had $124.3 million in outstanding loan commitments and $576.7 million in outstanding commitments for various lines of credit including unused overdraft lines. The Company also had $26.9 million of standby letters of credit as of December 31, 2017. See Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information on loan commitments and standby letters of credit.

 

  Page - 33 -  

Table of Contents  

 

CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

Stockholders’ equity increased to $429.2 million at December 31, 2017 from $408.0 million at December 31, 2016 as a result of undistributed net income; the shares of common stock issued for trust preferred securities conversions; the shares of common stock issued under the DRP, and the stock based compensation plan; partially offset by the declaration of dividends; and the net change in unrealized losses on available for sale securities, pension benefits, and cash flow hedges. The ratio of average stockholders’ equity to average total assets was 10.53% for the year ended December 31, 2017 compared to 9.38% for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

The Company’s capital strength is paralleled by the solid capital position of the Bank, as reflected in the excess of its regulatory capital ratios over the risk-based capital adequacy ratio levels required for classification as a “well capitalized” institution by the FDIC (see Note 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements). Since 2013, the Company has actively managed its capital position in response to its growth. During this period, the Company has raised $260.2 million in capital through the following initiatives:

 

· On October 8, 2013, the Company completed a public offering with net proceeds of $37.6 million in capital from the sale of 1,926,250 shares of common stock. The purpose of the offering was in part to provide additional capital to Bridge Bancorp to support its acquisition of FNBNY and for general corporate purposes.
· On February 14, 2014, the Company issued 240,598 shares of common stock with net proceeds of $5.9 million in capital. These shares were issued directly in connection with the acquisition of FNBNY.
· On June 19, 2015, the Company issued 5,647,268 shares of common stock with net proceeds of $157.1 million in capital. These shares were issued in connection with the acquisition of CNB.
· On November 28, 2016, the Company completed a public offering with net proceeds of $47.5 million in capital from the sale of 1,613,000 shares of common stock. The purpose of the offering was in part to provide additional capital to Bridge Bancorp to support organic growth, the pursuit of strategic acquisition opportunities and other general corporate purposes, including contributing capital to Bank.
· Proceeds of $11.9 million in capital through issuance of common stock through the DRP.

 

The Company has the ability to issue additional common stock and/or preferred stock should the need arise under a shelf registration statement filed in April 2016.

 

The Company had returns on average equity of 4.64% and 9.82%, and returns on average assets of 0.49% and 0.92%, for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company also utilizes cash dividends and stock repurchases to manage capital levels. In 2017, the Company declared four quarterly cash dividends totaling $18.2 million compared to four quarterly cash dividends of $16.1 million in 2016. The dividend payout ratios for 2017 and 2016 were 88.80% and 45.48%, respectively. The Company continues its trend of uninterrupted dividends. On March 27, 2006, the Company approved its stock repurchase plan allowing the repurchase of up to 5% of its then current outstanding shares, 309,000 shares. There is no expiration date for the share repurchase plan. The Company considers opportunities for stock repurchases carefully. The Company did not repurchase any shares in 2017 and 2016.

 

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto presented herein have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary effect of inflation on the operations of the Company is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, changes in interest rates have a more significant effect on the performance of a financial institution than do the effects of changes in the general rate of inflation and changes in prices. Changes in interest rates could adversely affect the Company’s results of operations and financial condition. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction, or in the same magnitude, as the prices of goods and services. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors, which are beyond the control of the Company, including the influence of domestic and foreign economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and federal agencies, particularly the FRB.

 

IMPACT OF PROSPECTIVE ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

 

For a discussion regarding the impact of new accounting standards, refer to Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  Page - 34 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Management considers interest rate risk to be the most significant market risk for the Company. Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. Interest rate risk is the exposure to adverse changes in the net income of the Company as a result of changes in interest rates.

 

The Company’s primary earnings source is net interest income, which is affected by changes in the level of interest rates, the relationship between rates, the impact of interest rate fluctuations on asset prepayments, the level and composition of deposits and liabilities, and the credit quality of earning assets. The Company’s objectives in its asset and liability management are to maintain a strong, stable net interest margin, to utilize its capital effectively without taking undue risks, to maintain adequate liquidity, and to reduce vulnerability of its operations to changes in interest rates.

 

The Company’s Asset and Liability Committee evaluates periodically, but at least four times a year, the impact of changes in market interest rates on assets and liabilities, net interest margin, capital and liquidity. Risk assessments are governed by policies and limits established by senior management, which are reviewed and approved by the full Board of Directors at least annually. The economic environment continually presents uncertainties as to future interest rate trends. The Asset and Liability Committee regularly utilizes a model that projects net interest income based on increasing or decreasing interest rates, in order to be better able to respond to changes in interest rates.

 

At December 31, 2017, $823.2 million, or 87.5%, of the Company’s available for sale and held to maturity securities had fixed interest rates. Changes in interest rates affect the value of the Company’s interest earning assets and in particular its securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities fluctuates inversely with changes in interest rates. Increases in interest rates could result in decreases in the market value of interest earning assets, which could adversely affect the Company’s stockholders’ equity and its results of operations if sold. The Company is also subject to reinvestment risk associated with changes in interest rates. Changes in market interest rates also could affect the type (fixed-rate or adjustable-rate) and amount of loans originated by the Company and the average life of loans and securities, which can impact the yields earned on the Company’s loans and securities. In periods of decreasing interest rates, the average life of loans and securities held by the Company may be shortened to the extent increased prepayment activity occurs during such periods which, in turn, may result in the investment of funds from such prepayments in lower yielding assets. Under these circumstances, the Company is subject to reinvestment risk to the extent that it is unable to reinvest the cash received from such prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates on existing loans and securities. Additionally, increases in interest rates may result in decreasing loan prepayments with respect to fixed rate loans (and therefore an increase in the average life of such loans), may result in a decrease in loan demand, and may make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans.

 

The Company utilizes the results of a detailed and dynamic simulation model to quantify the estimated exposure of net interest income to sustained interest rate changes. Management routinely monitors simulated net interest income sensitivity over a rolling two-year horizon. The simulation model captures the impact of changing interest rates on the interest income received and the interest expense paid on all assets and liabilities reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. This sensitivity analysis is compared to the asset and liability policy limits that specify a maximum tolerance level for net interest income exposure over a one-year horizon given a 100 and 200 basis point upward shift in interest rates and a 100 basis point downward shift in interest rates. A parallel and pro-rata shift in rates over a twelve-month period is assumed.

 

In addition to the above scenarios, the Company considers other, non-parallel rate shifts that would also exert pressure on earnings. The current low interest rate environment presents the possibility for a flattening of the yield curve. This could happen if the Federal Open Market Committee began to raise short-term interest rates without there being a corresponding rise in long-term rates. This would have the effect of raising short-term borrowing costs without allowing longer term assets to reprice higher.

 

The following reflects the Company’s net interest income sensitivity analysis at December 31, 2017:

 

Change in Interest   Potential Change
in Future Net
Interest Income
 
Rates in Basis Points   Year 1     Year 2  
( Dollars in thousands )   $ Change     % Change     $ Change     % Change  
200   $ (4,548 )     (3.45 )%   $ 3,217       2.44 %
100   $ (2,262 )     (1.71 )%   $ 2,937       2.23 %
Static                        
(100)   $ 918       0.70 %   $ 1,090       0.83 %

 

  Page - 35 -  

Table of Contents  

  

As noted in the table above, a 200 basis point increase in interest rates is projected to decrease net interest income by 3.45 percent in year 1 and increase net interest income by 2.44 percent in year 2. The Company’s balance sheet sensitivity to such a move in interest rates at December 31, 2017 de creased as compared to December 31, 2016 (which was a decrease of 6.52 percent in net interest income over a twelve-month period). This decrease is the result of a higher proportion of the Company’s assets repricing to market rates, coupled with a large increase in demand deposits and the Company’s ability to hold the costs of interest bearing deposits to below market rates. Overall, the strategy for the Bank remains focused on reducing its exposure to rising rates. Over the intervening year, the effective duration (a measure of price sensitivity to interest rates) of the bond portfolio decreased from 3.73 at December 31, 2016 to 3.23 at December 31, 2017. Additionally, the Bank has increased its use of swaps to extend liabilities. The Company believes that its strong core funding profile also provides protection from rising rates due to the ability of the Bank to lag increases in the rates paid to on these accounts to market rates.

 

The preceding sensitivity analysis does not represent a Company forecast and should not be relied on as being indicative of expected operating results. These hypothetical estimates are based upon numerous assumptions including, but not limited to, the nature and timing of interest rate levels and yield curve shapes, prepayments on loans and securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, and reinvestment and replacement of asset and liability cash flows. While assumptions are developed based on perceived current economic and local market conditions, the Company cannot make any assurances as to the predictive nature of these assumptions including how customer preferences or competitor influences may change. Also, as market conditions vary from those assumed in the sensitivity analysis, actual results will also differ due to prepayment and refinancing levels likely deviating from those assumed, the varying impact of interest rate change caps or floors on adjustable rate assets, the potential effect of changing debt service levels on customers with adjustable rate loans, depositor early withdrawals, prepayment penalties and product preference changes and other internal and external variables. Furthermore, the sensitivity analysis does not reflect actions that management might take in responding to, or anticipating changes in interest rates and market conditions.

 

  Page - 36 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    December 31,
2017
    December 31,
2016
 
ASSETS                
Cash and due from banks   $ 76,614     $ 102,280  
Interest earning deposits with banks     18,133       11,558  
Total cash and cash equivalents     94,747       113,838  
                 
Securities available for sale, at fair value     759,916       819,722  
Securities held to maturity (fair value of $179,885 and $222,878, respectively)     180,866       223,237  
Total securities     940,782       1,042,959  
                 
Securities, restricted     35,349       34,743  
                 
Loans held for investment     3,102,752       2,600,440  
Allowance for loan losses     (31,707 )     (25,904 )
Loans, net     3,071,045       2,574,536  
                 
Premises and equipment, net     33,505       35,263  
Accrued interest receivable     11,652       10,233  
Goodwill     105,950       105,950  
Other intangible assets     5,214       5,824  
Prepaid pension     9,936       7,070  
Bank owned life insurance     87,493       85,243  
Other assets     34,329       38,911  
Total Assets   $ 4,430,002     $ 4,054,570  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Demand deposits   $ 1,338,701     $ 1,151,268  
Savings, NOW and money market deposits     1,773,478       1,568,009  
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more     158,584       126,198  
Other time deposits     63,780       80,534  
Total deposits     3,334,543       2,926,009  
                 
Federal funds purchased     50,000       100,000  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     501,374       496,684  
Repurchase agreements     877       674  
Subordinated debentures, net     78,641       78,502  
Junior subordinated debentures, net     -       15,244  
Other liabilities and accrued expenses     35,367       29,470  
Total Liabilities     4,000,802       3,646,583  
                 
Commitments and Contingencies            
                 
Stockholders’ equity:                
Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (2,000,000 shares authorized; none issued)            
Common stock, par value $.01 per share (40,000,000 shares authorized; 19,719,575 and 19,106,246 shares issued, respectively; and 19,709,360 and 19,100,389 shares outstanding, respectively)     197       191  
Surplus     347,691       329,427  
Retained earnings     96,547       91,594  
Treasury stock at cost, 10,215 and 5,857 shares, respectively     (296 )     (161 )
      444,139       421,051  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes     (14,939 )     (13,064 )
Total Stockholders’ Equity     429,200       407,987  
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity   $ 4,430,002     $ 4,054,570  

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  Page - 37 -  

Table of Contents  

  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015  
Interest income:                        
Loans (including fee income)   $ 126,420     $ 116,723     $ 88,760  
Mortgage-backed securities, CMOs and other asset-backed securities     15,231       13,483       11,173  
U.S. GSE securities     1,198       1,294       1,630  
State and municipal obligations     3,788       3,777       3,198  
Corporate bonds     1,233       1,124       840  
Deposits with banks     278       147       47  
Other interest and dividend income     1,701       1,168       592  
Total interest income     149,849       137,716       106,240  
                         
Interest expense:                        
Savings, NOW and money market deposits     7,858       5,250       4,002  
Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more     1,843       932       929  
Other time deposits     725       684       673  
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements     1,571       1,075       474  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     6,105       3,001       1,425  
Subordinated debentures     4,539       4,539       1,261  
Junior subordinated debentures     48       1,364       1,365  
Total interest expense     22,689       16,845       10,129  
                         
Net interest income     127,160       120,871       96,111  
Provision for loan losses     14,050       5,550       4,000  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     113,110       115,321       92,111  
                         
Non-interest income:                        
Service charges and other fees     8,996       8,407       7,054  
Net securities gains (losses)     38       449       (8 )
Title fee income     2,394       1,833       1,866  
Gain on sale of Small Business Administration loans     1,689       1,097       507  
BOLI income     2,250       1,929       1,225  
Other operating income     2,735       2,331       2,024  
Total non-interest income     18,102       16,046       12,668  
                         
Non-interest expense:                        
Salaries and employee benefits     45,766       40,913       33,871  
Occupancy and equipment     13,998       12,798       11,045  
Technology and communications     5,753       4,897       3,599  
Marketing and advertising     4,742       4,048       3,125  
Professional services     3,153       3,646       2,327  
FDIC assessments     1,310       1,635       1,593  
Acquisition costs and branch restructuring     8,020       (920 )     9,766  
Amortization of other intangible assets     1,047       2,637       1,447  
Other operating expenses     7,938       7,427       6,117  
Total non-interest expense     91,727       77,081       72,890  
                         
Income before income taxes     39,485       54,286       31,889  
Income tax expense     18,946       18,795       10,778  
Net income   $ 20,539     $ 35,491     $ 21,111  
Basic earnings per share   $ 1.04     $ 2.01     $ 1.43  
Diluted earnings per share   $ 1.04     $ 2.00     $ 1.43  

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  Page - 38 -  

Table of Contents  

  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

( In thousands )

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015  
Net income   $ 20,539     $ 35,491     $ 21,111  
Other comprehensive income (loss):                        
Change in unrealized net losses on securities available for sale, net of reclassifications and deferred income taxes     (505 )     (4,082 )     (1,434 )
Adjustment to pension liability, net of reclassifications and deferred income taxes     193       (630 )     380  
Unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, net of reclassifications and deferred income taxes     1,089       1,270       (201 )
Total other comprehensive income (loss)     777       (3,442 )     (1,255 )
Comprehensive income   $ 21,316     $ 32,049     $ 19,856  

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  Page - 39 -  

Table of Contents  

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
( In thousands, except share and per share amounts )

 

    Common
Stock
    Surplus     Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Total  
Balance at December 31, 2014   $ 117     $ 118,846     $ 64,547     $ (25 )   $ (8,367 )   $ 175,118  
                                                 
Net income                     21,111                       21,111  
Shares issued under the dividend reinvestment plan (“DRP”)             779                               779  
Shares issued in the acquisition of CNB net of offering costs (5,647,268 shares)     56       157,143                               157,199  
Stock awards granted and distributed     1       (263 )             262                
Stock awards forfeited             125               (125 )              
Repurchase of surrendered stock from vesting of restricted stock awards                             (228 )             (228 )
Exercise of stock options             (36 )             116               80  
Tax effect of stock plans             50                               50  
Share based compensation expense             1,689                               1,689  
Cash dividend declared, $0.92 per share                     (13,415 )                     (13,415 )
Other comprehensive loss, net of deferred income taxes                                     (1,255 )     (1,255 )
Balance at December 31, 2015   $ 174     $ 278,333     $ 72,243     $     $ (9,622 )   $ 341,128  
                                                 
Net income                     35,491                       35,491  
Shares issued under the DRP             921                               921  
Shares issued in common stock offering, net of offering costs (1,613,000 shares)     16       47,505                               47,521  
Shares issued for trust preferred securities conversions (10,344 shares)             292                               292  
Stock awards granted and distributed     1       (205 )             204               -  
Stock awards forfeited             173               (173 )             -  
Repurchase of surrendered stock from vesting of restricted stock awards                             (344 )             (344 )
Exercise of stock options             (90 )             152               62  
Impact of modification of convertible trust preferred securities             356                               356  
Share based compensation expense             2,142                               2,142  
Cash dividend declared, $0.92 per share                     (16,140 )                     (16,140 )
Other comprehensive loss, net of deferred income taxes                                     (3,442 )     (3,442 )
Balance at December 31, 2016   $ 191     $ 329,427     $ 91,594     $ (161 )   $ (13,064 )   $ 407,987  
                                                 
Net income                     20,539                       20,539  
Shares issued under the DRP             951                               951  
Shares issued for trust preferred securities conversions (529,292 shares)     5       14,944                               14,949  
Stock awards granted and distributed     1       (434 )             433               -  
Stock awards forfeited             218               (218 )             -  
Repurchase of surrendered stock from vesting of restricted stock awards                             (350 )             (350 )
Share based compensation expense             2,585                               2,585  
Impact of Tax Cuts and Jobs Act related to accumulated other comprehensive income reclassification                     2,652               (2,652 )     -  
Cash dividend declared, $0.92 per share                     (18,238 )                     (18,238 )
Other comprehensive income, net of deferred income taxes                                     777       777  
Balance at December 31, 2017   $ 197     $ 347,691     $ 96,547     $ (296 )   $ (14,939 )   $ 429,200  

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  Page - 40 -  

Table of Contents  

  

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

( In thousands )

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015  
Cash flows from operating activities:                        
Net income   $ 20,539     $ 35,491     $ 21,111  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                        
Provision for loan losses     14,050       5,550       4,000  
Depreciation and (accretion)     (4,109 )     (6,746 )     (3,789 )
Net amortization on securities     6,361       6,501       4,936  
Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance     (2,250 )     (1,929 )     (1,225 )
Amortization of intangible assets     1,047       2,637       1,447  
Share based compensation expense     2,585       2,142       1,689  
Net securities (gains) losses     (38 )     (449 )     8  
Increase in accrued interest receivable     (1,419 )     (963 )     (267 )
Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans originated for sale     (18,596 )     (11,944 )     (5,043 )
Proceeds from sale of the guaranteed portion of SBA loans     20,667       13,286       5,659  
Gain on sale of the guaranteed portion of SBA loans     (1,689 )     (1,097 )     (507 )
Loss (gain) on sale of loans     58       (98 )     (477 )
Decrease (increase) in other assets     5,426       8,331       (6,815 )
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities     4,194       (6,476 )     10,799  
Net cash provided by operating activities     46,826       44,236       31,526  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:                        
Purchases of securities available for sale     (116,956 )     (462,702 )     (330,646 )
Purchases of securities, restricted     (654,017 )     (537,930 )     (318,887 )
Purchases of securities held to maturity     (4,128 )     (46,495 )     (21,650 )
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale     52,367       264,358       75,750  
Redemption of securities, restricted     653,411       527,975       308,808  
Maturities, calls and principal payments of securities available for sale     118,092       167,045       113,217  
Maturities, calls and principal payments of securities held to maturity     45,334       30,460       34,897  
Net increase in loans     (526,989 )     (206,380 )     (354,375 )
Proceeds from loan sale     23,171       18,116       21,011  
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned (“OREO”), net           278        
Purchase of bank owned life insurance           (30,000 )      
Purchase of premises and equipment     (2,069 )     (4,270 )     (4,325 )
Net cash acquired in business combination                 24,628  
Net cash used in investing activities     (411,784 )     (279,545 )     (451,572 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:                        
Net increase in deposits     408,597       83,120       223,872  
Net (decrease) increase in federal funds purchased     (50,000 )     (20,000 )     45,000  
Net increase in Federal Home Loan Bank advances     5,056       199,666       124,087  
Repayment of junior subordinated debentures     (352 )            
Net increase (decrease) in repurchase agreements     203       (50,217 )     14,628  
Net proceeds from issuance of subordinated debentures                 78,324  
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock     951       48,442       779  
Net proceeds from exercise of stock options           62       80  
Repurchase of surrendered stock from vesting of restricted stock awards     (350 )     (344 )     (228 )
Excess tax benefit from share based compensation                 50  
Cash dividends paid     (18,238 )     (16,140 )     (13,415 )
Other, net                 (303 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     345,867       244,589       472,874  
                         
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (19,091 )     9,280       52,828  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period     113,838       104,558       51,730  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 94,747     $ 113,838     $ 104,558  
                         
Supplemental Information-Cash Flows:                        
Cash paid for:                        
Interest   $ 22,917     $ 16,640     $ 8,793  
Income tax   $ 8,445     $ 21,585     $ 8,744  
                         
Noncash investing and financing activities:                        
Conversion of junior subordinated debentures   $ 15,350     $     $  
Transfers from portfolio loans to OREO   $     $     $ 250  
                         
Acquisition of noncash assets and liabilities:                        
Fair value of assets acquired   $     $     $ 875,302  
Fair value of liabilities assumed   $     $     $ 831,422  

 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  Page - 41 -  

Table of Contents  

  

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is a bank holding company incorporated under the laws of the State of New York. The Company’s business currently consists of the operations of its wholly-owned subsidiary, BNB Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank’s operations include its real estate investment trust subsidiary, Bridgehampton Community, Inc.; a financial title insurance subsidiary, Bridge Abstract LLC (“Bridge Abstract”); and an investment services subsidiary, Bridge Financial Services, Inc. (“Bridge Financial Services”). In addition to the Bank, the Company had another subsidiary, Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II (“the Trust”), which was formed in 2009 and sold $16.0 million of 8.5% cumulative convertible trust preferred securities (“TPS”) in a private placement to accredited investors. In accordance with accounting guidance, the Trust was not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements. The TPS were redeemed effective January 18, 2017 and the Trust was cancelled effective April 24, 2017.

 

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) and general practices within the financial institution industry. The following is a description of the significant accounting policies that the Company follows in preparing its Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

a) Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

 

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared on the accrual basis of accounting and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank. All material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

 

The preparation of financial statements, in conformity with U.S. GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of each consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statement of income for the years then ended. Such estimates are subject to change in the future as additional information becomes available or previously existing circumstances are modified. Actual future results could differ significantly from those estimates.

 

b) Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, interest earning deposits with banks, and federal funds sold, which mature overnight. Cash flows are reported net for customer loan and deposit transactions, federal funds purchased, Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances, and repurchase agreements.

 

c) Securities

 

Debt and equity securities are classified in one of the following categories: (i) “held to maturity” (management has a positive intent and ability to hold to maturity), which are reported at amortized cost, (ii) “available for sale” (all other debt and marketable equity securities), which are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses reported net of taxes, as accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity, and (iii) “restricted” which represents FHLB, FRB and bankers’ banks stock which are reported at cost.

 

Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized and accreted to interest income over the estimated life of the respective securities using the interest method. Gains and losses on the sales of securities are recognized upon realization based on the specific identification method. Declines in the fair value of securities below their cost that are other-than-temporary are reflected as realized losses. In determining other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”), management considers many factors including: (1) the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether the Company has the intent to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For debt securities that do not meet these criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components: (1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and (2) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. The assessment of whether an other-than-temporary decline exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.

 

d) Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

 

The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a particular amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost and classified as a restricted

 

  Page - 42 -  

Table of Contents  

  

security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.

 

e) Loans, Loan Interest Income Recognition and Loans Held for Sale

 

Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of partial charge-offs, deferred origination costs and fees and purchase premiums and discounts. Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct and indirect costs incurred in connection with loan originations are deferred and amortized to income over the life of the related loans as an adjustment to yield. When a loan prepays, the remaining unamortized net deferred origination fees or costs are recognized in the current year. Interest on loans is credited to income based on the principal outstanding during the period. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. Loans that are 90 days past due are automatically placed on nonaccrual and previously accrued interest is reversed and charged against interest income. However, if the loan is in the process of collection and the Bank has reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectable based upon an individual loan evaluation assessing such factors as collateral and collectability, accrued interest will be recognized as earned. If a payment is received when a loan is nonaccrual or a troubled debt restructuring loan is nonaccrual, the payment is applied to the principal balance. A troubled debt restructured loan performing in accordance with its modified terms is maintained on accrual status. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans for which the terms have been modified as a concession to the borrower due to the borrower experiencing financial difficulties are considered troubled debt restructurings and are classified as impaired. Loans considered to be troubled debt restructurings can be categorized as nonaccrual or performing. The impairment of a loan is measured at the present value of expected future cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell if the loan is collateral dependent. Generally, the Bank measures impairment of such loans by reference to the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. Loans that experience minor payment delays and payment shortfall generally are not classified as impaired.

 

Non-residential real estate loans over $200,000 and residential real estate loans over $1.0 million are individually evaluated for impairment. Smaller balance loans may also be individually evaluated for impairment if they are part of a larger impaired relationship. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of expected future cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate or at the fair value of collateral less costs to sell if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Loans with balances below the aforementioned thresholds are collectively evaluated for impairment, and accordingly, they are not separately identified for impairment disclosures.

 

Loans that were acquired through the acquisition of Community National Bank (“CNB”) on June 19, 2015 and First National Bank of New York (“FNBNY”) on February 14, 2014, were initially recorded at fair value with no carryover of the related allowance for loan losses. After acquisition, losses are recognized through the allowance for loan losses. Determining fair value of the loans involves estimating the amount and timing of expected principal and interest cash flows to be collected on the loans and discounting those cash flows at a market interest rate. Some of the loans at the time of acquisition showed evidence of credit deterioration since origination. These loans are considered purchased credit impaired loans.

 

For purchased credit impaired loans, the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable discount and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the nonaccretable discount. The nonaccretable discount represents estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loan. Subsequent increases to the expected cash flows result in the reversal of a corresponding amount of the nonaccretable discount, which is then reclassified as accretable discount and recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan using the interest method. Subsequent decreases to the expected cash flows require management to evaluate the need for an addition to the allowance for loan losses.

 

Purchased credit impaired loans that were nonaccrual prior to acquisition may be considered performing upon acquisition, regardless of whether the customer is contractually delinquent, if management can reasonably estimate the timing and amount of the expected cash flows on such loans and if management expects to fully collect the new carrying value of the loans. As such, management may no longer consider the loans to be nonaccrual or nonperforming and may accrue interest on these loans, including the impact of any accretable discount.

 

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or estimated fair value. Any subsequent declines in fair value below the initial carrying value are recorded as a valuation allowance, which is established through a charge to earnings.

 

Unless otherwise noted, the above policy is applied consistently to all loan classes.

 

  Page - 43 -  

Table of Contents  

  

f) Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is established and maintained through a provision for loan losses based on probable incurred losses in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis. The allowance is comprised of both individual valuation allowances and loan pool valuation allowances. The Bank monitors its entire loan portfolio regularly, with consideration given to detailed analysis of classified loans, repayment patterns, probable incurred losses, past loss experience, current economic conditions, and various types of concentrations of credit. Additions to the allowance are charged to expense and realized losses, net of recoveries, are charged to the allowance.

 

Individual valuation allowances are established in connection with specific loan reviews and the asset classification process including the procedures for impairment testing under Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) No. 310, “Receivables”. Such valuation, which includes a review of loans for which full collectability in accordance with contractual terms is not reasonably assured, considers the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less the costs to sell, if any, or the present value of expected future cash flows, or the loan’s observable market value. Any shortfall that exists from this analysis results in a specific allowance for the loan. Pursuant to the Company’s policy, loan losses must be charged-off in the period the loans, or portions thereof, are deemed uncollectable. Assumptions and judgments by management, in conjunction with outside sources, are used to determine whether full collectability of a loan is not reasonably assured. These assumptions and judgments are also used to determine the estimates of the fair value of the underlying collateral or the present value of expected future cash flows or the loan’s observable market value. Individual valuation allowances could differ materially as a result of changes in these assumptions and judgments. Individual loan analyses are periodically performed on specific loans considered impaired. The results of the individual valuation allowances are aggregated and included in the overall allowance for loan losses.

 

Loan pool valuation allowances represent loss allowances that have been established to recognize the inherent risks associated with the Bank’s lending activities, but which, unlike individual allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. Pool evaluations are broken down into loans with homogenous characteristics by loan type and include commercial real estate mortgages, owner and non-owner occupied; multi-family mortgage loans; home equity loans; residential real estate mortgages; commercial, industrial and agricultural loans, secured and unsecured; real estate construction and land loans; and consumer loans. Management considers a variety of factors in determining the adequacy of the valuation allowance and has developed a range of valuation allowances necessary to adequately provide for probable incurred losses in each pool of loans. Management considers the Bank’s charge-off history along with the growth in the portfolio as well as the Bank’s credit administration and asset management philosophies and procedures when determining the allowances for each pool. In addition, management evaluates and considers the credit’s risk rating, which includes management’s evaluation of: cash flow, collateral, guarantor support, financial disclosures, industry trends and strength of borrowers’ management, the impact that economic and market conditions may have on the portfolio as well as known and inherent risks in the portfolio. Finally, management evaluates and considers the allowance ratios and coverage percentages of peer group and regulatory agency data. These evaluations are inherently subjective because, even though they are based on objective data, it is management’s interpretation of that data that determines the amount of the appropriate allowance. If the evaluations prove to be incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance for loan losses.

 

For PCI loans, a valuation allowance is established when it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all the cash flows expected at acquisition plus additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimate after acquisition. A specific allowance is established when subsequent evaluations of expected cash flows from PCI loans reflect a decrease in those estimates. The allowance established represents the excess of the recorded investment in those loans over the present value of the currently estimated future cash flow, discounted at the last effective accounting yield.

 

The Bank uses assumptions and methodologies that are relevant to estimating the level of impairment and probable losses in the loan portfolio. To the extent that the data supporting such assumptions has limitations, management's judgment and experience play a key role in recording the allowance estimates. Additions to the allowance for loan losses are made by provisions charged to earnings. Furthermore, an improvement in the expected cash flows related to PCI loans would result in a reduction of the required specific allowance with a corresponding credit to the provision.

 

Future additions or reductions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic, market or other conditions. Changes in estimates could result in a material change in the allowance. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review the allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments of the information available to them at the time of their examination.

 

A loan is considered a potential charge-off when it is in default of either principal or interest for a period of 90, 120 or 180 days, depending upon the loan type, as of the end of the prior month. In addition to delinquency criteria, other triggering events may include, but are not limited to, notice of bankruptcy by the borrower or guarantor, death of the borrower, and deficiency balance from the sale of collateral.

 

  Page - 44 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Unless otherwise noted, the above policy is applied consistently to all loan segments.

 

g) Premises and Equipment

 

Buildings, furniture and fixtures, and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Buildings and related components are depreciated using the straight-line method using a useful life of fifty years for buildings and a range of two to ten years for equipment, computer hardware and software, and furniture and fixtures. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lives of the respective leases or the service lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Land is recorded at cost.

 

Improvements and major repairs are capitalized, while the cost of ordinary maintenance, repairs and minor improvements are charged to expense.

 

h) Bank-Owned Life Insurance

 

The Bank is the owner and beneficiary of life insurance policies on certain employees. Bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

 

i) Other Real Estate Owned

 

Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. These assets are subsequently accounted for at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Operating costs after acquisition are charged to expense as incurred.

 

j) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

 

Goodwill resulting from business combinations is generally determined as the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but tested for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events and circumstances exist that indicate the carrying amount of the asset may be impaired. The Company has selected November 30 as the date to perform the annual impairment test. Goodwill and the BNB Bank trademark are intangible assets with indefinite lives on the Company’s balance sheet.

 

Other intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values. Core deposit intangible assets are amortized on an accelerated method over their estimated useful lives of ten years. Non-compete intangible assets arising from whole bank acquisitions were fully amortized as of December 31, 2016.

 

Other intangible assets also include servicing rights, which result from the sale of Small Business Administration (“SBA”) loans with servicing rights retained. Servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value with the income statement effect recorded in gains on sales of loans. Fair value is based on market prices for comparable servicing contracts, when available or alternatively, is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. Servicing assets are subsequently measured using the amortization method, which requires servicing rights to be amortized into non-interest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying loans. Servicing assets totaled $1.2 million at December 31, 2017 and $975 thousand at December 31, 2016.

 

k) Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments

 

Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as unused lines of credit, commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded on the balance sheet when they are funded.

 

l) Derivatives

 

The Company records cash flow hedges at the inception of the derivative contract based on the Company’s intentions and belief as to likely effectiveness as a hedge. Cash flow hedges represent a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability. For a cash flow hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative is reported in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and is reclassified into earnings in the same periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The changes in the fair value of derivatives that are not highly effective in hedging the changes in fair value or expected cash flows of the hedged item are recognized immediately in current earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported currently in earnings, as noninterest income.

 

  Page - 45 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Net cash settlements on derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in interest income or interest expense, based on the item being hedged. Net cash settlements on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported in noninterest income. Cash flows on hedges are classified in the cash flow statement the same as the cash flows of the items being hedged.

 

The Company formally documents the relationship between derivatives and hedged items, as well as the risk-management objective and the strategy for undertaking hedge transactions at the inception of the hedging relationship. This documentation includes linking cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivative instruments that are used are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. The Company discontinues hedge accounting when it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item, the derivative is settled or terminates, a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer probable, a hedged firm commitment is no longer firm, or treatment of the derivative as a hedge is no longer appropriate or intended.

 

When hedge accounting is discontinued, subsequent changes in fair value of the derivative are recorded as noninterest income. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued but the hedged cash flows or forecasted transactions are still expected to occur, gains or losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income are amortized into earnings over the same periods in which the hedged transactions will affect earnings.

 

m) Income Taxes

 

The Company follows the asset and liability approach, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not that a future benefit will be realized. It is management’s position, as currently supported by the facts and circumstances, that no valuation allowance is necessary against any of the Company’s deferred tax assets.

 

In accordance with FASB ASU 740, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, a tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. There are no such tax positions in the Company’s financial statements at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company did not have any amounts accrued for interest and penalties at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

n) Treasury Stock

 

Repurchases of common stock are recorded as treasury stock at cost. Treasury stock is reissued using the first in, first out method.

 

o) Earnings Per Share

 

Earnings per share (“EPS”) is calculated in accordance with FASB ASC 260-10, “Determining Whether Instruments Granted in Share-Based Payment Transactions Are Participating Securities”. This ASC addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing EPS. Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income attributable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS, which reflects the potential dilution that could occur if outstanding stock options were exercised and if junior subordinated debentures were converted into common shares, is computed by dividing net income attributable to common shareholders including assumed conversions by the weighted average number of common shares and common equivalent shares outstanding during the period.

 

p) Dividends

 

Cash available for distribution of dividends to stockholders of the Company is primarily derived from cash and cash equivalents of the Company and dividends paid by the Bank to the Company. Prior regulatory approval is required if the total of all dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year exceeds the total of the Bank’s net income of that year combined with its retained net income of the preceding two years. Dividends from the Bank to the Company at January 1, 2018 are limited to $48.2 million, which represents the Bank’s net retained earnings from the previous two years. During 2017, the Bank did not pay dividends to the Company.

 

  Page - 46 -  

Table of Contents  

 

q) Segment Reporting

 

While management monitors the revenue streams of the various products and services, the identifiable segments are not material and operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.

 

r) Stock Based Compensation Plans

 

Stock based compensation awards are recorded in accordance with FASB ASC No. 718, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” which requires companies to record compensation cost for stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units granted to employees in return for employee service. The cost is measured at the fair value of the options and awards when granted, and this cost is expensed over the employee service period, which is normally the vesting period of the options and awards.

 

s) Comprehensive Income

 

Comprehensive income includes net income and all other changes in equity during a period, except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners. Other comprehensive income includes revenues, expenses, gains and losses that under generally accepted accounting principles are included in comprehensive income but excluded from net income. Other comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive income are reported net of deferred income taxes. Accumulated other comprehensive income for the Company includes unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale securities, unrealized gains or losses on cash flow hedges and changes in the funded status of the pension plan. FASB ASC 715-30 “Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – Pension” requires employers to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year the changes occur through comprehensive income.

 

t) Adoption of New Accounting Standards and Newly Issued Not Yet Effective Accounting Standards

 

The following are new accounting standards that are likely to be broadly applicable to financial institutions.

 

Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)

In May 2014, the FASB amended existing guidance related to revenue from contracts with customers. This amendment supersedes and replaces nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance, establishes a new control-based revenue recognition model, changes the basis for deciding when revenue is recognized over time or at a point in time, provides new and more detailed guidance on specific topics and expands and improves disclosures about revenue. In addition, the amendment specifies the accounting for some costs to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer. These amendments are effective for public business entities for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that period. The amendments allow for one of two transition methods: full retrospective or modified retrospective. The full retrospective approach requires application to all periods presented. The modified retrospective transition requires application to uncompleted contracts at the date of adoption. Periods prior to the date of adoption are not retrospectively revised, but a cumulative effect is recognized at the date of initial application on uncompleted contracts. While the guidance in ASU 2014-09 supersedes most existing industry-specific revenue recognition accounting guidance, much of a bank’s revenue comes from financial instruments such as debt securities and loans, which are scoped-out of the guidance. Most of the Company’s revenue comes from financial instruments, i.e. loans and securities, which are not within the scope of ASU 2014-09. The Company determined its service charges on deposit accounts and fees for other customer services within non-interest income are in scope of the amended guidance. As a result of the Company’s assessment of revenue recognition, it has determined the recognition, measurement and presentation of services charges on deposit accounts and fees for other customer services will not change. The Company has not identified any material differences in the amount and timing of revenue recognition for these revenue streams that are within the scope of ASU 2014-09. The Company adopted the guidance in the first quarter of 2018, using the modified retrospective method of adoption. The Company’s adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)

In February 2016, the FASB amended existing guidance that requires lessees recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date (1) A lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and (2) A right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Under the new guidance, lessor accounting is largely unchanged. Certain targeted improvements were made to align, where necessary, the lessor accounting model and Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . ASU 2016-02 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Lessees (for capital and operating leases) and lessors (for sales-type, direct financing, and operating leases) must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees

 

  Page - 47 -  

Table of Contents  

 

and lessors may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-02 on the consolidated financial statements. Based on leases outstanding at December 31, 2017, the Company does not expect the updates to have a material impact on the income statement, but does anticipate the adoption of ASU 2016-02 will result in an increase in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as a result of recognizing right-of-use assets and lease liabilities.

 

ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326)

In June 2016, FASB issued guidance to replace the incurred loss model with an expected loss model, which is referred to as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model. The CECL model is applicable to the measurement of credit losses on financial assets measured at amortized cost, including loan receivables, held-to maturity debt securities, and reinsurance receivables. It also applies to off-balance sheet credit exposures not accounted for as insurance (loan commitments, standby letters of credit, financial guarantees, and other similar instruments) and net investments in leases recognized by a lessor. For public business entities that meet the definition of an SEC filer, like the Company, the standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. All entities may early adopt for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company plans to adopt ASU 2016-13 in the first quarter of 2020 using the required modified retrospective method with a cumulative effect adjustment as of the beginning of the reporting period. The Company has created a cross-functional committee responsible for evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-13, assessing data and system needs, and implementing required changes to loss estimation methods under the CECL model. The Company cannot yet determine the overall impact this guidance will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

ASU 2017-04 , Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment

In January 2017, the FASB amended existing guidance to simplify the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. The amendments require an entity to perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognizing an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The amendments also eliminate the requirement for any reporting unit with a zero or negative carrying amount to perform a qualitative assessment and, if it fails that qualitative test, to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. The amendments are effective for public business entities that are an SEC filer, like the Company, for annual or interim goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The amendments should be applied prospectively. An entity is required to disclose the nature of and reason for the change in accounting principle upon transition in the first annual period and in the interim period within the first annual period when the entity initially adopts the amendments. The adoption of ASU 2017-04 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

 

ASU 2017-07, Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost

In March 2017, the FASB amended existing guidance to improve the presentation of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost. The amendments require that an employer report the service cost component in the same line item or items as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by the pertinent employees during the period. The other components of net benefit costs are required to be presented in the income statement separately from the service cost component and outside a subtotal of income from operations, if one is presented. The line item used in the income statement to present the other components of net benefit cost must be disclosed. Additionally, only the service cost component of net benefit cost is eligible for capitalization, if applicable. For public business entities, like the Company, ASU 2017-07 was effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those periods. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an annual period for which financial statements (interim or annual) have not been issued or made available for issuance. The amendments should be applied retrospectively for the presentation of the service cost component and the other components of net periodic pension cost and net periodic postretirement benefit cost in the income statement. The amendments allow a practical expedient that permits an employer to use the amounts disclosed in its pension and postretirement benefit plan note for the prior comparative periods as the estimation basis for applying the retrospective presentation requirements. The amendment requires disclosure that the practical expedient was used. The components of net benefit cost are disclosed in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements. The Company adopted the guidance in the first quarter of 2018. The Company will present its other components of net benefit expense outside of Salaries and employee benefits in the Other operating expenses income statement line . The change in presentation will not change the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

 

ASU 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) – Scope of Modification Accounting

In May 2017, the FASB provided guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in Topic 718. The current disclosure requirements in Topic 718 apply regardless of whether an entity is required to apply modification accounting under the amendments in ASU 2017-09. The amendments in ASU 2017-09 are effective for all entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period, for reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued. The amendments should be applied prospectively to an award modified on or after the adoption date. The adoption of ASU 2017-09 is not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

 

  Page - 48 -  

Table of Contents  

  

ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities 

In August 2017, the FASB provided guidance to improve the financial reporting of hedging relationships to better portray the economic results of an entity’s risk management activities in its financial statements. The amendments also simplify the application of the hedge accounting guidance. The amendments in the Update better align an entity’s risk management activities and financial reporting for hedging relationships through changes in both the designation and measurement guidance for qualifying hedging relationships and the presentation of hedge results. The amendments expand and refine hedge accounting for both nonfinancial and financial risk components and align the recognition and presentation of the effects of the hedging instrument and the hedged item in the financial statements. The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption, including adoption in an interim period, permitted. ASU 2017-12 requires a modified retrospective transition method in which the Company will recognize the cumulative effect of the change on the opening balance of each affected component of equity in the consolidated balance sheet as of the date of adoption. While the Company continues to assess all potential impacts of the standard, ASU 2017-12 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

ASU 2018-02, Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

In February 2018, the FASB amended existing guidance to allow a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”). Consequently, the amendments eliminate the stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Act and will improve the usefulness of information reported to financial statement users. However, because the amendments only relate to the reclassification of the income tax effects of the Tax Act, the underlying guidance that requires that the effect of a change in tax laws or rates be included in income from continuing operations is not affected. The amendments in this Update are effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption, including adoption in an interim period, permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2018-02 at the beginning of the fourth quarter 2017 and reclassified $2.7 million from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings. For additional information, see Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

u) Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation.

 

2. SECURITIES

 

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and estimated fair value of the available for sale and held to maturity investment securities portfolio and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses therein:

 

    December 31,  
    2017     2016  
( In thousands )   Amortized
Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair
Value
    Amortized
Cost
    Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair
Value
 
Available for sale:                                                                
U.S. GSE securities   $ 57,994     $     $ (1,180 )   $ 56,814     $ 64,993     $     $ (1,344 )   $ 63,649  
State and municipal obligations     87,582       259       (819 )     87,022       117,292       212       (1,339 )     116,165  
U.S. GSE residential mortgage-backed securities     189,705       29       (2,833 )     186,901       160,446       16       (2,414 )     158,048  
U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations     314,390       16       (7,016 )     307,390       373,098       149       (5,736 )     367,511  
U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-backed securities     6,017       2       (40 )     5,979       6,337       6       (36 )     6,307  
U.S. GSE commercial collateralized mortgage obligations     49,965             (1,249 )     48,716       56,148             (956 )     55,192  
Other asset backed securities     24,250             (849 )     23,401       24,250             (1,697 )     22,553  
Corporate bonds     46,000             (2,307 )     43,693       32,000             (1,703 )     30,297  
Total available for sale     775,903       306       (16,293 )     759,916       834,564       383       (15,225 )     819,722  
                                                                 
Held to maturity:                                                                
State and municipal obligations     60,762       972       (64 )     61,670       66,666       1,085       (130 )     67,621  
U.S. GSE residential mortgage-backed securities     11,424             (261 )     11,163       13,443             (287 )     13,156  
U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations     54,250       244       (666 )     53,828       61,639       352       (552 )     61,439  
U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-backed securities     22,953       77       (438 )     22,592       28,772       136       (509 )     28,399  
U.S. GSE commercial collateralized mortgage obligations     31,477             (845 )     30,632       41,717       93       (573 )     41,237  
     Corporate bonds                             11,000       26             11,026  
Total held to maturity     180,866       1,293       (2,274 )     179,885       223,237       1,692       (2,051 )     222,878  
Total securities   $ 956,769     $ 1,599     $ (18,567 )   $ 939,801     $ 1,057,801     $ 2,075     $ (17,276 )   $ 1,042,600  

 

  Page - 49 -  

Table of Contents  

  

The following table summarizes securities with gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2017 and 2016, aggregated by category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:

 

    December 31,  
    2017     2016  
    Less than 12 months     Greater than 12 months     Less than 12 months     Greater than 12 months  
    Estimated     Gross     Estimated     Gross     Estimated     Gross     Estimated     Gross  
    Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized  
( In thousands )   Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses  
Available for sale:                                                                
U.S. GSE securities   $     $     $ 56,815     $ (1,180 )   $ 63,649     $ (1,344 )   $     $  
State and municipal obligations     35,350       (301 )     28,165       (518 )     78,883       (1,338 )     240       (1 )
U.S. GSE residential mortgage-backed securities     107,408       (1,153 )     69,571       (1,680 )     140,514       (2,409 )     241       (5 )
U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations     77,705       (759 )     224,932       (6,257 )     319,197       (5,221 )     15,627       (515 )
U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-backed securities     2,345       (40 )                 2,573       (36 )            
U.S. GSE commercial collateralized mortgage obligations     452       (1 )     48,264       (1,248 )     48,901       (886 )     6,292       (70 )
Other asset backed securities                 23,401       (849 )                 22,552       (1,697 )
Corporate bonds     13,588       (412 )     30,105       (1,895 )     17,834       (1,166 )     12,463       (537 )
Total available for sale     236,848       (2,666 )     481,253       (13,627 )     671,551       (12,400 )     57,415       (2,825 )
                                                                 
Held to maturity:                                                                
    State and municipal obligations     7,709       (57 )     1,009       (7 )     21,867       (130 )            
U.S. GSE residential mortgage-backed securities     1,359       (16 )     9,804       (245 )     13,156       (287 )            
U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations     21,329       (94 )     21,112       (572 )     31,297       (455 )     3,873       (97 )
U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-backed securities     8,789       (121 )     8,303       (317 )     12,860       (286 )     5,877       (223 )
U.S. GSE commercial collateralized mortgage obligations     10,341       (116 )     20,290       (729 )     22,666       (372 )     3,790       (201 )
Total held to maturity   $ 49,527     $ (404 )   $ 60,518     $ (1,870 )   $ 101,846     $ (1,530 )   $ 13,540     $ (521 )

 

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

 

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) quarterly and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant. The investment securities portfolio is evaluated for OTTI by segregating the portfolio into two general segments and applying the appropriate OTTI model. Investment securities classified as available for sale or held to maturity are generally evaluated for OTTI under FASB ASC 320, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”. In determining OTTI under the FASB ASC 320 model, management considers many factors, including: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether the Company has the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For debt securities that do not meet these criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components: (1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and (2) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. The assessment of whether an other-than-temporary decline exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.

 

At December 31, 2017, substantially all of the securities in an unrealized loss position had a fixed interest rate and the cause of the temporary impairment was directly related to changes in interest rates. The Company generally views changes in fair value caused by changes in interest rates as temporary, which is consistent with its experience. Other asset backed securities are comprised of student loan backed bonds, which are guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education for 97% to 100% of principal. Additionally, the bonds have credit support of 3% to 5% and have maintained their Aaa Moody’s rating during the time the Bank has owned them.  The corporate bonds within the portfolio have all maintained an investment grade rating by either Moody’s or Standard and Poor’s. None of the unrealized losses is related to credit losses. The Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery. Therefore, the Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2017.

 

  Page - 50 -  

Table of Contents  

  

The following table sets forth the estimated fair value, amortized cost and contractual maturities of the securities portfolio at December 31, 2017. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

    December 31, 2017  
    Within     After One but     After Five but     After        
    One Year     Within Five Years     Within Ten Years     Ten Years     Total  
    Estimated           Estimated           Estimated           Estimated           Estimated        
    Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair     Amortized  
( In thousands )   Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost     Value     Cost  
Available for sale:                                                                                
                                                                                 
U.S. GSE securities   $     $     $ 37,271     $ 37,994     $ 19,543     $ 20,000     $     $     $ 56,814     $ 57,994  
State and municipal obligations     9,588       9,600       45,196       45,683       31,809       31,884       429       415       87,022       87,582  
U.S. GSE residential mortgage-backed securities                             25,203       25,482       161,698       164,223       186,901       189,705  
U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations                             5,468       5,543       301,922       308,847       307,390       314,390  
U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-backed securities                 5,979       6,017                               5,979       6,017  
U.S. GSE commercial collateralized mortgage obligations                                         48,716       49,965       48,716       49,965  
Other asset backed securities                                         23,401       24,250       23,401       24,250  
Corporate bonds                             43,693       46,000                   43,693       46,000  
Total available for sale     9,588       9,600       88,446       89,694       125,716       128,909       536,166       547,700       759,916       775,903  
                                                                                 
Held to maturity:                                                                                
                                                                                 
State and municipal obligations     3,766       3,774       17,610       17,430       38,599       37,882       1,695       1,676       61,670       60,762  
U.S. GSE residential mortgage-backed securities                             5,011       5,103       6,152       6,321       11,163       11,424  
U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations                             6,769       6,795       47,059       47,455       53,828       54,250  
U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-backed securities                 9,373       9,311       4,916       5,022       8,303       8,620       22,592       22,953  
U.S. GSE commercial collateralized mortgage obligations                 3,851       4,030                   26,781       27,447       30,632       31,477  
Total held to maturity     3,766       3,774       30,834       30,771       55,295       54,802       89,990       91,519       179,885       180,866  
Total securities   $ 13,354     $ 13,374     $ 119,280     $ 120,465     $ 181,011     $ 183,711     $ 626,156     $ 639,219     $ 939,801     $ 956,769  

 

Sales and Calls of Securities

 

There were $52.4 million of proceeds on sales of available for sale securities with gross gains of approximately $0.3 million and gross losses of approximately $0.3 million realized in 2017. There were $264.4 million of proceeds on sales of available for sale securities with gross gains of approximately $1.6 million and gross losses of approximately $1.2 million realized in 2016. There were $75.8 million of proceeds on sales of available for sale securities with gross gains of approximately $0.5 million and gross losses of approximately $0.5 million realized in 2015.

 

Pledged Securities

 

Securities having a fair value of $513.5 million and $570.1 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and FHLB and FRB overnight borrowings.

 

Trading Securities

 

The Company did not hold any trading securities during the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

Restricted Securities

 

The Bank is a member of the FHLB of New York. Members are required to own a particular amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. The Bank is a member of the Atlantic Central Banker’s Bank (“ACBB”) and is required to own ACBB stock. The Bank is also a member of the FRB system and required to own FRB stock. FHLB, ACBB and FRB stock is carried at cost and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income. The Bank owned $35.3 million and $34.7 million in FHLB, ACBB and FRB stock at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These amounts were reported as restricted securities in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

  Page - 51 -  

Table of Contents  

 

As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there was no issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its sponsored entities, where the Bank had invested holdings that exceeded 10% of consolidated stockholders’ equity.

  

3. FAIR VALUE

 

FASB ASC No. 820-10 defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. FASB ASC 820-10 also establishes a fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

 

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

The following tables summarize assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

    December 31, 2017  
          Fair Value Measurements Using:  
(In thousands)   Carrying
Value
    Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
   

Significant
Other

Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Financial assets:                                
Available for sale securities:                                
U.S. GSE securities   $ 56,814         $ 56,814      
State and municipal obligations     87,022               87,022          
U.S. GSE residential mortgage-backed securities     186,901               186,901          
U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations     307,390               307,390          
U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-backed securities     5,979               5,979          
U.S. GSE commercial collateralized mortgage obligations     48,716               48,716          
Other asset backed securities     23,401               23,401          
Corporate bonds     43,693               43,693          
Total available for sale securities   $ 759,916             $ 759,916          
Derivatives   $ 4,546             $ 4,546          
                                 
Financial liabilities:                                
Derivatives   $ 1,823             $ 1,823      

 

  Page - 52 -  

Table of Contents  

  

    December 31, 2016  
          Fair Value Measurements Using:  
(In thousands)   Carrying
Value
    Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets 
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs 
(Level 3)
 
Financial assets:                                
Available for sale securities:                                
U.S. GSE securities   $ 63,649             $ 63,649          
State and municipal obligations     116,165               116,165          
U.S. GSE residential mortgage-backed securities     158,048               158,048          
U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations     367,511               367,511          
U.S. GSE commercial mortgage-backed securities     6,307               6,307          
U.S. GSE commercial collateralized mortgage obligations     55,192               55,192          
Other asset backed securities     22,553               22,553          
Corporate bonds     30,297               30,297          
Total available for sale securities   $ 819,722             $ 819,722          
Derivatives   $ 2,510             $ 2,510          
                                 
Financial liabilities:                                
Derivatives   $ 1,670             $ 1,670          

 

  Page - 53 -  

Table of Contents  

  

The following tables summarize assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis:

 

    December 31, 2017  
          Fair Value Measurements Using:  
(In thousands)   Carrying
Value
    Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets 
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs 
(Level 3)
 
Impaired loans   $             $  

 

    December 31, 2016  
          Fair Value Measurements Using:  
(In thousands)   Carrying
Value
    Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets 
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs 
(Level 3)
 
Impaired loans   $ 64             $ 64  

 

Impaired loans with an allocated allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2017 had a carrying amount of zero, which is made up of the outstanding balance of $1.7 million, net of a valuation allowance of $1.7 million. This resulted in an additional provision for loan losses of $1.7 million that is included in the amount reported on the Consolidated Statements of Income. Impaired loans with an allocated allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2016 had a carrying amount of $64 thousand, which is made up of the outstanding balance of $65 thousand, net of a valuation allowance of $1 thousand. This resulted in an additional provision for loan losses of $1 thousand that is included in the amount reported on the Consolidated Statements of Income. There was no other real estate owned at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

The Company used the following methods and assumptions in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments:

 

Cash and Due from Banks and Interest Earning Deposits with Banks: Carrying amounts approximate fair value, since these instruments are either payable on demand or have short-term maturities and as such are classified as Level 1.

 

Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity: If available, the estimated fair values are based on independent dealer quotations on nationally recognized securities exchanges and are classified as Level 1. For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair value is based on matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities resulting in a Level 2 classification.

 

Restricted Securities: It is not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLB, ACBB and FRB stock due to restrictions placed on transferability.

 

Derivatives: Represents interest rate swaps for which the estimated fair values are based on valuation models using observable market data as of the measurement date resulting in a Level 2 classification.

 

Loans: The estimated fair values of real estate mortgage loans and other loans receivable are based on discounted cash flow calculations that use available market benchmarks when establishing discount factors for the types of loans resulting in a Level 3 classification. Exceptions may be made for adjustable rate loans with resets of one year or less, which would be discounted straight to their rate index plus or minus an appropriate spread. All nonaccrual loans are carried at their current fair value. The methods utilized to estimate the fair value of loans do not necessarily represent an exit price and therefore, while permissible for presentation purposes under FASB ASC 825-10, do not conform to FASB ASC 820-10.

 

Impaired Loans and Other Real Estate Owned: For impaired loans, the Company evaluates the fair value of the loan in accordance with current accounting guidance.  For loans that are collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to determine the fair value of the loan. The fair value of the collateral is determined based on recent appraised values. The fair value of other real estate owned is also evaluated in accordance with current accounting guidance and determined based on recent appraised values less the estimated cost to sell. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for

 

  Page - 54 -  

Table of Contents  

 

differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Adjustments may relate to location, square footage, condition, amenities, market rate of leases as well as timing of comparable sales. All appraisals undergo a second review process to insure that the methodology employed and the values derived are reasonable. The fair value of the loan is compared to the carrying value to determine if any write-down or specific reserve is required. Impaired loans are evaluated quarterly for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly.

  

Appraisals for collateral-dependent impaired loans are performed by certified general appraisers (for commercial properties) or certified residential appraisers (for residential properties) whose qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and verified by the Company. Once received, the Credit Department reviews the assumptions and approaches utilized in the appraisal as well as the overall resulting fair value in comparison with independent data sources such as recent market data or industry-wide statistics. On a quarterly basis, the Company compares the actual sale price of collateral that has been sold to the most recent appraised value to determine what additional adjustments should be made to appraisal values to arrive at fair value. Management also considers the appraisal values for commercial properties associated with current loan origination activity. Collectively, this information is reviewed to help assess current trends in commercial property values. For each collateral dependent impaired loan, management considers information that relates to the type of commercial property to determine if such properties may have appreciated or depreciated in value since the date of the most recent appraisal. Adjustments to fair value are made only when the analysis indicates a probable decline in collateral values. Adjustments made in the appraisal process are not deemed material to the overall consolidated financial statements given the level of impaired loans measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

 

Deposits: The estimated fair values of certificates of deposit are based on discounted cash flow calculations that use a replacement cost of funds approach to establishing discount rates for certificate of deposit maturities resulting in a Level 2 classification. Stated value is fair value for all other deposits resulting in a Level 1 classification.

 

Borrowed Funds: Represents federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and FHLB advances for which the estimated fair values are based on discounted cash flow calculations that use a replacement cost of funds approach to establishing discount rates for funding maturities resulting in a Level 1 classification for overnight federal funds purchased, repurchase agreements and FHLB advances and a Level 2 classification for all other maturity terms.

 

Subordinated Debentures: The estimated fair value is based on valuation models using observable market data as of the measurement date resulting in a Level 2 classification.

 

Junior Subordinated Debentures: The estimated fair value is based on estimates using market data for similarly risk weighted items and takes into consideration the convertible features of the debentures into Company common stock, which is an unobservable input resulting in a Level 3 classification.

 

Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable: For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of the fair value resulting in a Level 1, 2 or 3 classification consistent with the underlying asset or liability the interest is associated with.

 

Off-Balance-Sheet Liabilities: The fair value of off-balance-sheet commitments to extend credit is estimated using fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements. The fair value is immaterial as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

Fair value estimates are made at specific points in time and are based on existing on-and off-balance sheet financial instruments. These estimates are subjective in nature and dependent on a number of significant assumptions associated with each financial instrument or group of financial instruments, including estimates of discount rates, risks associated with specific financial instruments, estimates of future cash flows, and relevant available market information. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. In addition, fair value estimates do not reflect the value of anticipated future business, premiums or discounts that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument, or the tax consequences of realizing gains or losses on the sale of financial instruments.

 

  Page - 55 -  

Table of Contents  

  

The following tables summarize the estimated fair values and recorded carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

    December 31, 2017  
          Fair Value Measurement Using:        
(In thousands)   Carrying
Amount
   

Quoted Prices In
Active Markets for 

Identical Assets

(Level 1)

    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs 
(Level 3)
    Total 
Fair Value
 
Financial assets:                                        
Cash and due from banks   $ 76,614     $ 76,614     $     $     $ 76,614  
Interest bearing deposits with banks     18,133       18,133                   18,133  
Securities available for sale     759,916             759,916             759,916  
Securities restricted     35,349       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
Securities held to maturity     180,866             179,885             179,885  
Loans, net     3,071,045                   3,010,023       3,010,023  
Derivatives     4,546             4,546             4,546  
Accrued interest receivable     11,652             3,211       8,441       11,652  
                                         
Financial liabilities:                                        
Certificates of deposit     222,364             220,775             220,775  
Demand and other deposits     3,112,179       3,112,179                   3,112,179  
Federal funds purchased     50,000       50,000                   50,000  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     501,374       185,000       313,558             498,558  
Repurchase agreements     877             877             877  
Subordinated debentures     78,641             77,933             77,933  
Derivatives     1,823             1,823             1,823  
Accrued interest payable     1,574             462       1,112       1,574  

 

    December 31, 2016  
          Fair Value Measurement Using:        
(In thousands)   Carrying
Amount
    Quoted Prices In
Active Markets for
Identical Assets 
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
 (Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs 
(Level 3)
    Total
Fair Value
 
Financial assets:                                        
Cash and due from banks   $ 102,280     $ 102,280     $     $     $ 102,280  
Interest bearing deposits with banks     11,558       11,558                   11,558  
Securities available for sale     819,722             819,722             819,722  
Securities restricted     34,743       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
Securities held to maturity     223,237             222,878             222,878  
Loans, net     2,574,536                   2,542,395       2,542,395  
Derivatives     2,510             2,510             2,510  
Accrued interest receivable     10,233             3,480       6,753       10,233  
                                         
Financial liabilities:                                        
Certificates of deposit     206,732             206,026             206,026  
Demand and other deposits     2,719,277       2,719,277                   2,719,277  
Federal funds purchased     100,000       100,000                   100,000  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances     496,684       175,000       321,249             496,249  
Repurchase agreements     674             674             674  
Subordinated debentures     78,502             78,303             78,303  
Junior subordinated debentures     15,244                   15,258       15,258  
Derivatives     1,670             1,670             1,670  
Accrued interest payable     1,849             403       1,446       1,849  

 

  Page - 56 -  

Table of Contents  

  

4. LOANS

 

The following table sets forth the major classifications of loans:

 

    December 31,  
( In thousands )   2017     2016  
Commercial real estate mortgage loans   $ 1,293,906     $ 1,091,752  
Multi-family mortgage loans     595,280       518,146  
Residential real estate mortgage loans     464,264       364,884  
Commercial, industrial and agricultural loans     616,003       524,450  
Real estate construction and land loans     107,759       80,605  
Installment/consumer loans     21,041       16,368  
Total loans     3,098,253       2,596,205  
Net deferred loan costs and fees     4,499       4,235  
Total loans held for investment     3,102,752       2,600,440  
Allowance for loan losses     (31,707 )     (25,904 )
Loans, net   $ 3,071,045     $ 2,574,536  

 

In June 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of Community National Bank (“CNB”) resulting in the addition of $729.4 million of acquired loans recorded at their fair value. There were approximately $359.4 million and $464.2 million of acquired CNB loans remaining as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

In February 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of FNBNY Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary First National Bank of New York (collectively “FNBNY”) resulting in the addition of $89.7 million of acquired loans recorded at their fair value. There were approximately $15.4 million and $26.5 million of acquired FNBNY loans remaining as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Lending Risk

 

The principal business of the Bank is lending in commercial real estate mortgage loans, multi-family mortgage loans, residential real estate mortgage loans, construction loans, home equity loans, commercial, industrial and agricultural loans, land loans and consumer loans. The Bank considers its primary lending area to be Nassau and Suffolk Counties located on Long Island and the New York City boroughs. A substantial portion of the Bank’s loans is secured by real estate in these areas. Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of the loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in market and economic conditions in this region.

 

Commercial Real Estate Mortgages

 

Loans in this classification include income producing investment properties and owner occupied real estate used for business purposes. The underlying properties are located largely in the Bank’s primary market area. The cash flows of the income producing investment properties are adversely impacted by a downturn in the economy as evidenced by increased vacancy rates, which in turn, will have an effect on credit quality. Generally, management seeks to obtain annual financial information for borrowers with loans in excess of $250,000 in this category. In the case of owner-occupied real estate used for business purposes, a weakened economy and resultant decreased consumer and/or business spending will have an adverse effect on credit quality.

 

Multi-Family Mortgages

 

Loans in this classification include income producing residential investment properties of five or more families. The loans are usually made in areas with limited single-family residences generating high demand for these facilities.  Loans are made to established owners with a proven and demonstrable record of strong performance. Loans are secured by a first mortgage lien on the subject property with a loan to value ratio generally not exceeding 75%. Repayment is derived generally from the rental income generated from the property and may be supplemented by the owners’ personal cash flow. Credit risk arises with an increase in vacancy rates, property mismanagement and the predominance of non-recourse loans that are customary in the industry. 

 

Residential Real Estate Mortgages and Home Equity Loans

 

Loans in these classifications are generally secured by owner-occupied residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, can have an effect on the credit quality in this loan class. The Bank generally does not originate loans with a loan-to-value ratio greater than 80% and does not grant subprime loans.

 

  Page - 57 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Commercial, Industrial and Agricultural Loans

 

Loans in this classification are made to businesses and include term loans, lines of credit, senior secured loans to corporations, equipment financing and taxi medallion loans. Generally, these loans are secured by assets of the business and repayment is expected from the cash flows of the business. A weakened economy, and resultant decreased consumer and/or business spending, will have an effect on the credit quality in this loan class.

 

Real Estate Construction and Land Loans

 

Loans in this classification primarily include land loans to local individuals, contractors and developers for developing the land for sale or for the purpose of making improvements thereon. Repayment is derived primarily from sale of the lots/units including any pre-sold units. Credit risk is affected by market conditions, time to sell at an adequate price and cost overruns. To a lesser extent, this class includes commercial development projects that the Company finances, which in most cases require interest only during construction, and then convert to permanent financing. Construction delays, cost overruns, market conditions and the availability of permanent financing, to the extent such permanent financing is not being provided by the Bank, all affect the credit risk in this loan class.

 

Installment and Consumer Loans

 

Loans in this classification may be either secured or unsecured. Repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower and, if applicable, sale of the collateral securing the loan, such as automobiles. Therefore, the overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this loan class.

 

Credit Quality Indicators

 

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories of pass, special mention, substandard and doubtful based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt including repayment patterns, probable incurred losses, past loss experience, current economic conditions, and various types of concentrations of credit. Assigned risk rating grades are continuously updated as new information is obtained. Loans risk rated special mention, substandard and doubtful are reviewed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk rating grades:

 

Pass: Loans classified as pass include current loans performing in accordance with contractual terms, pools of homogenous residential real estate and installment/consumer loans that are not individually risk rated and loans which do not exhibit certain risk factors that require greater than usual monitoring by management.

 

Special mention: Loans classified as special mention, while generally not delinquent, have potential weaknesses that deserve management's close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or in the Bank's credit position at some future date.

 

Substandard: Loans classified as substandard have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. There is a distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

 

Doubtful: Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in a substandard loan, and may also be in delinquency status and have defined weaknesses based on currently existing facts, conditions and values making collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable.

 

The following tables represent loans categorized by class and internally assigned risk grades:

 

    December 31, 2017  
(In thousands)   Pass     Special Mention     Substandard     Doubtful     Total  
Commercial real estate:                                        
Owner occupied   $ 451,264     $ 1,796     $ 19,589     $     $ 472,649  
Non-owner occupied     808,612       8,056       4,589             821,257  
Multi-family     595,280                         595,280  
Residential real estate:                                        
Residential mortgage     393,029       4,854       290             398,173  
Home equity     64,601       698       792             66,091  
Commercial and industrial:                                        
Secured     86,116       12,637       13,560             112,313  
Unsecured     485,598       14,553       3,539             503,690  
Real estate construction and land loans     107,440             319             107,759  
Installment/consumer loans     21,020       16       5             21,041  
Total loans   $ 3,012,960     $ 42,610     $ 42,683     $     $ 3,098,253  

 

  Page - 58 -  

Table of Contents  

  

At December 31, 2017 there were $0.4 million and $1.6 million of acquired CNB loans included in the special mention and substandard grades, respectively, and $0.2 million and $0.3 million of acquired FNBNY loans included in the special mention and substandard grades, respectively.

 

    December 31, 2016  
(In thousands)   Pass     Special Mention     Substandard     Doubtful     Total  
Commercial real estate:                                        
Owner occupied   $ 404,584     $ 18,909     $ 722     $     $ 424,215  
Non-owner occupied     643,426       20,035       4,076             667,537  
Multi-family     518,146                         518,146  
Residential real estate:                                        
Residential mortgage     299,297       82       370             299,749  
Home equity     64,195       563       377             65,135  
Commercial and industrial:                                        
Secured     75,837       31,143       2,254             109,234  
Unsecured     409,879       2,493       2,844             415,216  
Real estate construction and land loans     80,272             333             80,605  
Installment/consumer loans     16,268             100             16,368  
Total loans   $ 2,511,904     $ 73,225     $ 11,076     $     $ 2,596,205  

 

At December 31, 2016 there were $0.01 million and $1.5 million of acquired CNB loans included in the special mention and substandard grades, respectively, and $0.2 million and $0.2 million of acquired FNBNY loans included in the special mention and substandard grades, respectively.

 

Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans

 

The following tables represent the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 by class of loans, as defined by FASB ASC 310-10:

 

    December 31, 2017  
(In thousands)   30-59 
Days 
Past Due
    60-89 
Days 
Past Due
    >90 Days
Past Due
And
Accruing
    Nonaccrual
Including 90
Days or More
Past Due
    Total Past
Due and
Nonaccrual
    Current     Total Loans  
Commercial real estate:                                                        
Owner occupied   $ 284     $     $ 175     $ 2,205     $ 2,664     $ 469,985     $ 472,649  
Non-owner occupied                 1,163             1,163       820,094       821,257  
Multi-family                                   595,280       595,280  
Residential real estate:                                                        
Residential mortgages     2,074       398             401       2,873       395,300       398,173  
Home equity     329             271       161       761       65,330       66,091  
Commercial and industrial:                                                        
Secured     113       41       225       570       949       111,364       112,313  
Unsecured     18       35             3,618       3,671       500,019       503,690  
Real estate construction and land loans           281                   281       107,478       107,759  
Installment/consumer loans     36       5                   41       21,000       21,041  
Total loans   $ 2,854     $ 760     $ 1,834     $ 6,955     $ 12,403     $ 3,085,850     $ 3,098,253  

 

    December 31, 2016  
(In thousands)   30-59 
Days 
Past Due
    60-89 
Days 
Past Due
    >90 Days
Past Due
And
Accruing
    Nonaccrual
Including 90
Days or More
Past Due
    Total Past
Due and
Nonaccrual
    Current     Total Loans  
Commercial real estate:                                                        
Owner occupied   $ 222     $     $ 467     $ 184     $ 873     $ 423,342     $ 424,215  
Non-owner occupied                                   667,537       667,537  
Multi-family                                   518,146       518,146  
Residential real estate:                                                        
Residential mortgages     1,232                   770       2,002       297,747       299,749  
Home equity     532             238       265       1,035       64,100       65,135  
Commercial and industrial:                                                        
Secured     27             204             231       109,003       109,234  
Unsecured     115             118       22       255       414,961       415,216  
Real estate construction and land loans                                   80,605       80,605  
Installment/consumer loans     28                         28       16,340       16,368  
Total loans   $ 2,156     $     $ 1,027     $ 1,241     $ 4,424     $ 2,591,781     $ 2,596,205  

 

  Page - 59 -  

Table of Contents  

  

There were $2.4 million and $1.0 million of acquired loans that were 30-89 days past due at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. All loans 90 days or more past due that are still accruing interest represent loans acquired from CNB, FNBNY and Hamptons State Bank (“HSB”) which were recorded at fair value upon acquisition. These loans are considered to be accruing as management can reasonably estimate future cash flows and expects to fully collect the carrying value of these acquired loans. Therefore, the difference between the carrying value of these loans and their expected cash flows is being accreted into income.

 

Impaired Loans

 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had individually impaired loans as defined by FASB ASC No. 310, “Receivables” of $22.5 million and $3.4 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Bank modified certain commercial real estate mortgage loans as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) totaling $7.8 million, which are classified as special mention, and certain taxi medallion loans totaling $6.8 million, which are classified as substandard, which, coupled with an increase in nonaccrual loans, caused the increase in impaired loans from December 31, 2016. For a loan to be considered impaired, management determines after review whether it is probable that the Bank will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Management applies its normal loan review procedures in making these judgments. Impaired loans include individually classified nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). For impaired loans, the Bank evaluates the impairment of the loan in accordance with FASB ASC 310-10-35-22. Impairment is determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. For loans that are collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to determine the fair value of the loan. The fair value of the collateral is determined based on recent appraised values. The fair value of the collateral or present value of expected cash flows is compared to the carrying value to determine if any write-down or specific loan loss allowance allocation is required.

 

  Page - 60 -  

Table of Contents  

  

The following tables set forth the recorded investment, unpaid principal balance and related allowance by class of loans at December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 for individually impaired loans. The tables also set forth the average recorded investment of individually impaired loans and interest income recognized while the loans were impaired during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

    December 31, 2017     Year Ended December 31, 2017  
(In thousands)   Recorded
Investment
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Related
Allocated
Allowance
    Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
 
With no related allowance recorded:                                        
Commercial real estate:                                        
Owner occupied   $ 2,073     $ 2,073     $     $ 173     $ 80  
Non-owner occupied     9,089       9,089             7,001       400  
Residential real estate:                                        
Residential mortgages                              
Home equity     100       100             8        
Commercial and industrial:                                        
Secured     7,368       8,013             2,633       211  
Unsecured     2,154       2,408             592       36  
Total with no related allowance recorded     20,784       21,683             10,407       727  
                                         
With an allowance recorded:                                        
Commercial real estate:                                        
Owner occupied                              
Non-owner occupied                              
Residential real estate:                                        
Residential mortgages                              
Home equity                              
Commercial and industrial:                                        
Secured                              
Unsecured     1,708       3,235       1,708       142       174  
Total with an allowance recorded     1,708       3,235       1,708       142       174  
                                         
Total:                                        
Commercial real estate:                                        
Owner occupied     2,073       2,073             173       80  
Non-owner occupied     9,089       9,089             7,001       400  
Residential real estate:                                        
Residential mortgages                              
Home equity     100       100             8        
Commercial and industrial:                                        
Secured     7,368       8,013             2,633       211  
Unsecured     3,862       5,643       1,708       734       210  
Total   $ 22,492     $ 24,918     $ 1,708     $ 10,549     $ 901  

 

  Page - 61 -  

Table of Contents  

  

    December 31, 2016     Year Ended December 31, 2016  
(In thousands)   Recorded
Investment
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Related
Allocated
Allowance
    Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
 
With no related allowance recorded:                                        
Commercial real estate:                                        
Owner occupied   $ 326     $ 538     $     $ 176     $ 10  
Non-owner occupied     1,213       1,213             614       75  
Residential real estate:                                        
Residential mortgages     520       558             276        
Home equity     264       285             328        
Commercial and industrial:                                        
Secured     556       556             274       12  
Unsecured     408       408             227       19  
Total with no related allowance recorded     3,287       3,558             1,895       116  
                                         
With an allowance recorded:                                        
Commercial real estate:                                        
Owner occupied                              
Non-owner occupied                              
Residential real estate:                                        
Residential mortgages                              
Home equity                              
Commercial and industrial:                                        
Secured                              
Unsecured     66       66       1       43       7  
Total with an allowance recorded     66       66       1       43       7  
                                         
Total:                                        
Commercial real estate:                                        
Owner occupied     326       538             176       10  
Non-owner occupied     1,213       1,213             614       75  
Residential real estate:                                        
Residential mortgages     520       558             276        
Home equity     264       285             328        
Commercial and industrial:                                        
Secured     556       556             274       12  
Unsecured     474       474       1       270       26  
Total   $ 3,353     $ 3,624     $ 1     $ 1,938     $ 123  
                                         

 

  Page - 62 -  

Table of Contents  

  

    December 31, 2015     Year Ended December 31, 2015  
(In thousands)   Recorded
Investment
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Related
Allocated
Allowance
    Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
 
With no related allowance recorded:                                        
Commercial real estate:                                        
Owner occupied   $ 384     $ 564     $     $ 412     $ 10  
Non-owner occupied     927       928             938       62  
Residential real estate:                                        
Residential mortgages     62       73             66        
Home equity     610       700             631        
Commercial and industrial:                                        
Secured     96       96             93       6  
Unsecured                              
Total with no related allowance recorded     2,079       2,361             2,140       78  
                                         
With an allowance recorded:                                        
Commercial real estate:                                        
Owner occupied                              
Non-owner occupied     318       318       20       320       15  
Residential real estate:                                        
Residential mortgages                              
Home equity                              
Commercial and industrial:                                        
Secured                              
Unsecured     194       194       9       223       17  
Total with an allowance recorded     512       512       29       543       32  
                                         
Total:                                        
Commercial real estate:                                        
Owner occupied     384       564             412       10  
Non-owner occupied     1,245       1,246       20       1,258       77  
Residential real estate:                                        
Residential mortgages     62       73             66        
Home equity     610       700             631        
Commercial and industrial:                                        
Secured     96       96             93       6  
    Unsecured     194       194       9       223       17  
Total   $ 2,591     $ 2,873     $ 29     $ 2,683     $ 110  

 

The recorded investment in loans excludes accrued interest receivable and loan origination fees, net due to immateriality. For purposes of this disclosure, the unpaid principal balance is not reduced for partial charge-offs.

 

The Bank had no other real estate owned at December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

The terms of certain loans were modified and are considered TDRs. The modification of the terms of such loans generally includes one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan; an extension of the maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk; or a permanent reduction of the recorded investment in the loan. The modification of these loans involved loans to borrowers who were experiencing financial difficulties.

 

In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed to determine if that borrower is currently in payment default under any of its obligations or whether there is a probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification.

 

  Page - 63 -  

Table of Contents  

  

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings during the years indicated:

 

    Modifications During the Years Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015  
( Dollars in thousands)   Number of
Loans
    Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Number of
Loans
    Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Number of
Loans
    Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Commercial real estate:                                                                        
Owner occupied         $     $           $     $           $     $  
Non-owner occupied     2       7,764       7,764                                      
Residential real estate:                                                                        
Residential mortgages                       1       252       252                    
Home equity                       1       69       69                    
Commercial and industrial:                                                                        
Secured     7       6,828       6,828       3       459       459                    
Unsecured     2       189       189       1       525       525       3       160       160  
Installment/consumer loans                                                      
Total     11     $ 14,781     $ 14,781       6     $ 1,305     $ 1,305       3     $ 160     $ 160  

 

The TDRs described above did not increase the allowance for loan losses during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

There were $0.4 million, $0.1 million and $0.7 million of charge-offs related to TDRs during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2017 there were two loans modified as TDRs for which there was a payment default within twelve months following the modification. There was one loan modified as a TDR during 2016 and no loans modified as TDRs during 2015 for which there was a payment default within twelve months following the modification. A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 30 days contractually past due under the modified terms.

 

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had $5 thousand and $0.3 million, respectively, of nonaccrual TDRs and $16.7 million and $2.4 million, respectively, of performing TDRs. The nonaccrual TDR at December 31, 2017 was unsecured. At December 31, 2016, total nonaccrual TDRs were secured with collateral that had an appraised value of $1.3 million. The Bank has no commitment to lend additional funds to these debtors.

 

The terms of certain other loans were modified during the year ended December 31, 2017 that did not meet the definition of a TDR. These loans have a total recorded investment at December 31, 2017 of $52.5 million. These loans were to borrowers who were not experiencing financial difficulties.

 

Purchased Credit Impaired Loans

 

Loans acquired in a business combination are recorded at their fair value at the acquisition date. Credit discounts are included in the determination of fair value; therefore, an allowance for loan losses is not recorded at the acquisition date.

 

In determining the acquisition date fair value of purchased loans, acquired loans are aggregated into pools of loans with common characteristics. Each loan is reviewed at acquisition to determine if it should be accounted for as a loan that has experienced credit deterioration and it is probable that at acquisition, the Company will not be able to collect all the contractual principal and interest due from the borrower. All loans with evidence of deterioration in credit quality are considered purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) loans unless the loan type is specifically excluded from the scope of FASB ASC 310-30 “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality,” such as loans with active revolver features or because management has minimal doubt about the collection of the loan.

 

The Bank makes an estimate of the loans’ contractual principal and contractual interest payments as well as the expected total cash flows from the pools of loans, which includes undiscounted expected principal and interest. The excess of contractual amounts over the total cash flows expected to be collected from the loans is referred to as non-accretable difference, which is not accreted into income. The excess of the expected undiscounted cash flows over the fair value of the loans is referred to as accretable discount. Accretable discount is recognized as interest income on a level-yield basis over the life of the loans. Management has not included prepayment assumptions in its modeling of contractual or expected cash flows. The Bank continues to estimate cash flows expected to be collected over the life of the loans. Subsequent increases in total cash flows expected to be collected are recognized as an adjustment to the accretable yield with the amount of periodic accretion adjusted over the remaining life of the loans. Subsequent decreases in cash flows expected to be collected over the life of the loans are recognized as impairment in the current period through the allowance for loan losses.

 

  Page - 64 -  

Table of Contents  

  

A PCI loan may be resolved either through a sale of the loan, by working with the customer and obtaining partial or full repayment, by short sale of the collateral, or by foreclosure. When a loan accounted for in a pool is resolved, it is removed from the pool at its carrying amount. Any differences between the amounts received and the outstanding balance are absorbed by the non-accretable difference of the pool. For loans not accounted for in pools, a gain or loss on resolution would be recognized based on the difference between the proceeds received and the carrying amount of the loan.

 

Payments received earlier than expected or in excess of expected cash flows from sales or other resolutions may result in the carrying value of a pool being reduced to zero even though outstanding contractual balances and expected cash flows remain related to loans in the pool. Once the carrying value of a pool is reduced to zero, any future proceeds from the remaining loans, representing further realization of accretable yield, are recognized as interest income upon receipt. These proceeds may include cash or real estate acquired in foreclosure.

 

At the acquisition date, the PCI loans acquired as part of the FNBNY acquisition had contractually required principal and interest payments receivable of $40.3 million; expected cash flows of $28.4 million; and a fair value (initial carrying amount) of $21.8 million. The difference between the contractually required principal and interest payments receivable and the expected cash flows of $11.9 million represented the non-accretable difference. The difference between the expected cash flows and fair value of $6.6 million represented the initial accretable yield. At December 31, 2017, the contractually required principal and interest payments receivable and carrying amount of the PCI loans was $4.0 million and $2.4 million, respectively, with a remaining non-accretable difference of $0.7 million. At December 31, 2016, the contractually required principal and interest payments receivable and carrying amount of the PCI loans was $12.2 million and $7.0 million, respectively, with a remaining non-accretable difference of $1.3 million.

 

At the acquisition date, the PCI loans acquired as part of the CNB acquisition had contractually required principal and interest payments receivable of $23.4 million, expected cash flows of $10.1 million, and a fair value (initial carrying amount) of $8.7 million. The difference between the contractually required principal and interest payments receivable and the expected cash flows of $13.3 million represented the non-accretable difference. The difference between the expected cash flows and fair value of $1.4 million represented the initial accretable yield. At December 31, 2017, the contractually required principal and interest payments receivable and carrying amount of the PCI loans was $7.6 million and $1.0 million, respectively, with a remaining non-accretable difference of $5.3 million. At December 31, 2016, the contractually required principal and interest payments receivable and carrying amount of the PCI loans was $12.2 million and $2.3 million, respectively, with a remaining non-accretable difference of $6.9 million.

 

The following table summarizes the activity in the accretable yield for the PCI loans:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)   2017     2016  
Balance at beginning of period   $ 6,915     $ 7,113  
Accretion     (5,221 )     (4,924 )
Reclassification from nonaccretable difference during the period     457       4,492  
Other     -       234  
Accretable discount at end of period   $ 2,151     $ 6,915  

 

The allowance for loan losses was increased $0.1 million during the year ended December 31 2017 for those PCI loans disclosed above and a $0.1 million charge-off was recorded. The allowance for loan losses was not increased during the year ended December 31, 2016 for those PCI loans disclosed above and there were no charge-offs recorded.

 

Related Party Loans

 

Certain directors, executive officers, and their related parties, including their immediate families and companies in which they are principal owners, were loan customers of the Bank during 2017 and 2016.

 

The following table sets forth selected information about related party loans for the year ended December 31, 2017:

 

(In thousands)   Year Ended
December 31,
2017
 
Balance at beginning of period   $ 22,116  
New loans     1,645  
Repayments     (2,619 )
Balance at end of period   $ 21,142  

 

  Page - 65 -  

Table of Contents  

   

5. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

The allowance for loan losses is established and maintained through a provision for loan losses based on probable incurred losses in the Bank’s loan portfolio. Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance quarterly. The allowance is comprised of both individual valuation allowances and loan pool valuation allowances.

 

The following tables represent the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment, as defined under FASB ASC 310-10, and based on impairment method as of December 31, 2017 and 2016. The tables include loans acquired from CNB and FNBNY.

 

    December 31, 2017  
( In thousands )   Commercial
Real Estate
Mortgage Loans
    Multi-family
Loans
    Residential
Real Estate
Mortgage
Loans
    Commercial,
Industrial and
Agricultural
Loans
    Real Estate
Construction
and Land
Loans
    Installment/
Consumer
Loans
    Total  
Allowance for loan losses:                                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $     $     $     $ 1,708     $     $     $ 1,708  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     11,048       4,521       2,438       11,130       740       122       29,999  
Loans acquired with deteriorated   credit quality                                          
Total allowance for loan losses   $ 11,048     $ 4,521     $ 2,438     $ 12,838     $ 740     $ 122     $ 31,707  
                                                         
Loans:                                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ 11,162     $     $ 100     $ 11,230     $     $     $ 22,492  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     1,281,837       593,645       463,575       604,329       107,759       21,041       3,072,186  
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality     907       1,635       589       444                   3,575  
Total loans   $ 1,293,906     $ 595,280     $ 464,264     $ 616,003     $ 107,759     $ 21,041     $ 3,098,253  

 

    December 31, 2016  
( In thousands )   Commercial
Real Estate
Mortgage Loans
    Multi-family
Loans
    Residential
Real Estate
Mortgage
Loans
    Commercial,
Industrial and
Agricultural
Loans
    Real Estate
Construction
and Land Loans
    Installment/
Consumer
Loans
    Total  
Allowance for loan losses:                                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $     $     $     $ 1     $     $     $ 1  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     9,225       6,264       1,495       7,836       955       128       25,903  
Loans acquired with deteriorated   credit quality                                          
Total allowance for loan losses   $ 9,225     $ 6,264     $ 1,495     $ 7,837     $ 955     $ 128     $ 25,904  
                                                         
Loans:                                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ 1,539     $     $ 784     $ 1,030     $     $     $ 3,353  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     1,088,332       514,853       363,230       519,686       80,605       16,368       2,583,074  
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality     1,881       3,293       870       3,734                   9,778  
Total loans   $ 1,091,752     $ 518,146     $ 364,884     $ 524,450     $ 80,605     $ 16,368     $ 2,596,205  

 

The recorded investment in loans excludes accrued interest receivable and loan origination fees, net due to immateriality.

 

  Page - 66 -  

Table of Contents  

  

The following tables represent the changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, by portfolio segment, as defined under FASB ASC 310-10. The portfolio segments represent the categories that the Bank uses to determine its allowance for loan losses.

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2017  
( In thousands )   Commercial 
Real Estate
Mortgage Loans
    Multi-family 
Loans
    Residential
Real Estate
Mortgage
Loans
    Commercial,
Industrial and
Agricultural
Loans
    Real Estate
Construction
and Land
Loans
    Installment/
Consumer
Loans
    Total  
Allowance for loan losses:                                                        
Beginning balance   $ 9,225     $ 6,264     $ 1,495     $ 7,837     $ 955     $ 128     $ 25,904  
Charge-offs                       (8,245 )           (49 )     (8,294 )
Recoveries                 28       16             3       47  
Provision     1,823       (1,743 )     915       13,230       (215 )     40       14,050  
Ending balance   $ 11,048     $ 4,521     $ 2,438     $ 12,838     $ 740     $ 122     $ 31,707  

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2016  
(In thousands)   Commercial
Real Estate
Mortgage Loans
    Multi-family
Loans
    Residential
Real Estate
Mortgage
Loans
    Commercial,
Industrial and
Agricultural
Loans
    Real Estate
Construction
and Land
Loans
    Installment/
Consumer
Loans
    Total  
Allowance for loan losses:                                                        
Beginning balance   $ 7,850     $ 4,208     $ 2,115     $ 5,405     $ 1,030     $ 136     $ 20,744  
Charge-offs                 (56 )     (930 )           (1 )     (987 )
Recoveries     109             96       386             6       597  
Provision     1,266       2,056       (660 )     2,976       (75 )     (13 )     5,550  
Ending balance   $ 9,225     $ 6,264     $ 1,495     $ 7,837     $ 955     $ 128     $ 25,904  

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2015  
(In thousands)   Commercial
Real Estate
Mortgage Loans
    Multi-family
Loans
    Residential
Real Estate
Mortgage
Loans
    Commercial,
Industrial and
Agricultural
Loans
    Real Estate
Construction
and Land
Loans
    Installment/
Consumer
Loans
    Total  
Allowance for loan losses:                                                        
Beginning balance   $ 6,994     $ 2,670     $ 2,208     $ 4,526     $ 1,104     $ 135     $ 17,637  
Charge-offs     (50 )           (249 )     (827 )           (2 )     (1,128 )
Recoveries                 79       149             7       235  
Provision     906       1,538       77       1,557       (74 )     (4 )     4,000  
Ending balance   $ 7,850     $ 4,208     $ 2,115     $ 5,405     $ 1,030     $ 136     $ 20,744  

 

  Page - 67 -  

Table of Contents  

  

6. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

The following table details the components of premises and equipment:

 

    December 31,  
(In thousands)   2017     2016  
Land   $ 7,980     $ 7,951  
Building and improvements     15,368       15,272  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment     21,464       20,295  
Leasehold improvements     12,271       13,562  
      57,083       57,080  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization     (23,578 )     (21,817 )
Total premises and equipment, net   $ 33,505     $ 35,263  

 

Depreciation and amortization amounted to $3.8 million, $3.5 million and $3.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

7. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

FASB ASC No. 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other, requires a company to perform an impairment test on goodwill annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstance indicate that the asset might be impaired, by comparing the fair value of such goodwill to its recorded or carrying amount. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the fair value, an impairment charge must be recorded in an amount equal to the excess. The FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test described in Topic 350. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent.

 

The Company tested goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of 2017. The Company has one reporting unit, Bridge Bancorp. Inc., and evaluated goodwill at that reporting unit level. The Company elected to perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, including goodwill. The qualitative assessment indicated that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying value and no further testing was required. The results of this assessment indicated that goodwill was not impaired.

 

Goodwill

 

The following table reflects the changes in goodwill:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)   2017     2016  
Balance at beginning of period   $ 105,950     $ 98,445  
Measurement period adjustments (1)           7,505  
Balance at end of period   $ 105,950     $ 105,950  

 

(1) See Note 22 for details on the measurement period adjustments.

 

Acquired Intangible Assets

 

The following table reflects acquired intangible assets:

 

    December 31,  
    2017     2016  
(In thousands)   Gross
Carrying
Amount
    Accumulated
Amortization
    Gross
Carrying
Amount
    Accumulated
Amortization
 
Intangible assets subject to amortization:                                
Core deposit intangibles   $ 7,211     $ 3,409     $ 7,211     $ 2,362  
Intangible assets not subject to amortization:                                
Trademark     255                    
Total intangible assets   $ 7,466     $ 3,409     $ 7,211     $ 2,362  

 

  Page - 68 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Aggregate amortization expense for intangible assets with finite lives for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $1.0 million, $2.6 million, and $1.4 million, respectively.

 

In the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company acquired a trademark of $255 thousand related to the Bank’s name change to BNB Bank.

 

The following table reflects estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years and thereafter:

 

(In thousands)   Total  
2018   $ 917  
2019     787  
2020     656  
2021     531  
2022     413  
Thereafter     498  
Total   $ 3,802  

 

8. DEPOSITS

 

Time Deposits

 

The following table sets forth the remaining maturities of the Bank’s time deposits at December 31, 2017:

 

(In thousands)   Total  
2018   $ 125,578  
2019     37,865  
2020     11,721  
2021     42,903  
2022     3,564  
Thereafter     733  
Total   $ 222,364  

 

The deposits that meet or exceed the FDIC insurance limit of $250,000 at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were $93.0 million and $65.4 million, respectively. Deposits from principal officers, directors and their affiliates at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were approximately $23.2 million and $13.9 million, respectively.

 

9. SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase totaled $0.9 million at December 31, 2017 and $0.7 million at December 31, 2016. The repurchase agreements were collateralized by investment securities, of which 52% were U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations and 48% were U.S. GSE residential mortgage-backed securities with a carrying amount of $1.8 million at December 31, 2017 and 49% were U.S. GSE residential collateralized mortgage obligations and 51% were U.S. GSE residential mortgage-backed securities with a carrying amount of $2.3 million at December 31, 2016.

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are financing arrangements with $0.9 million maturing during the first quarter of 2018. At maturity, the securities underlying the agreements are returned to the Company. The primary risk associated with these secured borrowings is the requirement to pledge a market value based balance of collateral in excess of the borrowed amount. The excess collateral pledged represents an unsecured exposure to the lending counterparty. As the market value of the collateral changes, both through changes in discount rates and spreads as well as related cash flows, additional collateral may need to be pledged. In accordance with the Company’s policies, eligible counterparties are defined and monitored to minimize exposure.

 

The following table summarizes information concerning securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)   2017     2016  
Average daily balance during the year   $ 867     $ 45,630  
Average interest rate during the year     0.05 %     0.85 %
Maximum month-end balance during the year   $ 1,300     $ 51,197  
Weighted average interest rate at year-end     0.05 %     0.83 %

 

  Page - 69 -  

Table of Contents  

  

10. FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES

 

The following table summarizes information concerning FHLB advances:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)   2017     2016  
Average daily balance during the year   $ 401,258     $ 275,592  
Average interest rate during the year     1.52 %     1.09 %
Maximum month-end balance during the year   $ 563,974     $ 496,684  
Weighted average interest rate at year-end     1.57 %     0.80 %

 

The following tables set forth the contractual maturities and weighted average interest rates of FHLB advances for each of the next five years. There are no FHLB advances with contractual maturities after 2019.

 

(Dollars in thousands)   December 31, 2017  
Contractual Maturity   Amount     Weighted
Average Rate
 
Overnight   $ 185,000       1.53 %
                 
2018     315,083       1.59  
2019     1,291       0.94  
      316,374       1.59  
Total FHLB advances   $ 501,374       1.57 %

 

(Dollars in thousands)   December 31, 2016  
Contractual Maturity   Amount     Weighted
Average Rate
 
Overnight   $ 175,000       0.74 %
                 
2017     294,113       0.82  
2018     25,431       1.05  
2019     2,140       1.04  
      321,684       0.84  
Total FHLB advances   $ 496,684       0.80 %

 

Each advance is payable at its maturity date, with a prepayment penalty for fixed rate advances. The advances were collateralized by $1.2 billion and $923.9 million of residential and commercial mortgage loans under a blanket lien arrangement at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Based on this collateral and the Company’s holdings of FHLB stock, the Company is eligible to borrow up to a total of $1.3 billion at December 31, 2017.

 

11. BORROWED FUNDS

 

Subordinated Debentures

 

In September 2015, the Company issued $80.0 million in aggregate principal amount of fixed-to-floating rate subordinated debentures. $40.0 million of the subordinated debentures are callable at par after five years, have a stated maturity of September 30, 2025 and bear interest at a fixed annual rate of 5.25% per year, from and including September 21, 2015 until but excluding September 30, 2020. From and including September 30, 2020 to the maturity date or early redemption date, the interest rate will reset quarterly to an annual interest rate equal to the then-current three-month LIBOR plus 360 basis points. The remaining $40.0 million of the subordinated debentures are callable at par after ten years, have a stated maturity of September 30, 2030 and bear interest at a fixed annual rate of 5.75% per year, from and including September 21, 2015 until but excluding September 30, 2025. From and including September 30, 2025 to the maturity date or early redemption date, the interest rate will reset quarterly to an annual interest rate equal to the then-current three-month LIBOR plus 345 basis points. The subordinated debentures totaled $78.6 million at December 31, 2017 and $78.5 million at December 31, 2016.

 

The subordinated debentures are included in tier 2 capital (with certain limitations applicable) under current regulatory guidelines and interpretations.

 

  Page - 70 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Junior Subordinated Debentures

 

In December 2009, the Company completed the private placement of $16.0 million in aggregate liquidation amount of 8.50% cumulative convertible trust preferred securities (“TPS”), through its subsidiary, Bridge Statutory Capital Trust II (the “Trust”). The TPS had a liquidation amount of $1,000 per security, were convertible into the Company’s common stock, at a modified effective conversion price of $29 per share, matured in 2039 and were callable by the Company at par after September 30, 2014.

 

The Company issued $16.0 million of junior subordinated debentures (the “Debentures”) to the Trust in exchange for ownership of all of the common securities of the Trust and the proceeds of the TPS sold by the Trust. In accordance with accounting guidance, the Trust was not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, but rather the Debentures were shown as a liability. The Debentures had the same interest rate, maturity and prepayment provisions as the TPS.

 

On December 15, 2016, the Company notified holders of the $15.8 million in outstanding TPS of the full redemption of the TPS on January 18, 2017. The redemption price equaled the liquidation amount, plus accrued but unpaid interest until but not including the redemption date. TPS not converted into shares of the Company’s common stock on or prior to January 17, 2017 were redeemed as of January 18, 2017. 15,450 shares of TPS with a liquidation amount of $15.5 million were converted into 532,740 shares of the Company’s common stock, which includes 100 shares of TPS with a liquidation amount of $100,000, which were converted into 3,448 shares of the Company’s common stock on December 28, 2016. The remaining 350 shares of TPS with a liquidation amount of $350,000 were redeemed on January 18, 2017. The Trust was cancelled effective April 24, 2017.

 

12. DERIVATIVES

 

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

 

As part of its asset liability management, the Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements to help manage its interest rate risk position. The notional amount of the interest rate swap does not represent the amount exchanged by the parties. The amount exchanged is determined by reference to the notional amount and the other terms of the individual interest rate swap agreements.

 

Interest rate swaps with notional amounts totaling $290.0 million and $175.0 million as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, were designated as cash flow hedges of certain FHLB advances. The swaps were determined to be fully effective during the periods presented and therefore no amount of ineffectiveness has been included in net income. The aggregate fair value of the swaps is recorded in other assets/(other liabilities) with changes in fair value recorded in other comprehensive income (loss). The amount included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) would be reclassified to current earnings should the hedges no longer be considered effective. The Company expects the hedges to remain fully effective during the remaining term of the swaps.

 

The following table summarizes information about the interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

    December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)   2017     2016  
Notional amounts   $ 290,000     $ 175,000  
Weighted average pay rates     1.78 %     1.61 %
Weighted average receive rates     1.61 %     0.95 %
Weighted average maturity     2.64 years       2.98 years  

 

Interest expense recorded on these swap transactions totaled $1.4 million, $0.9 million and $0.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and is reported as a component of interest expense on FHLB Advances. Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest income/expense as interest payments are made/received on the Company’s variable-rate assets/liabilities. During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company had $1.4 million of reclassifications to interest expense. During the next twelve months, the Company estimates that $0.2 million will be reclassified as a decrease in interest expense.

 

  Page - 71 -  

Table of Contents  

  

The following table presents the net gains (losses) recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and the Consolidated Statements of Income relating to the cash flow derivative instruments for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

 

(In thousands)

Interest rate contracts

  Amount of gain
(loss) recognized in
OCI (Effective
Portion)
    Amount of loss
reclassified from
OCI to interest
expense
    Amount of loss
recognized in other non-
interest income
(Ineffective Portion)
 
Year ended December 31, 2017   $ 463     $ (1,419 )   $  
Year ended December 31, 2016   $ 1,191     $ (944 )   $  
Year ended December 31, 2015   $ (1,008 )   $ (657 )   $  

 

The following table reflects the cash flow hedges included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at the dates indicated:

 

    December 31,  
    2017     2016  
          Fair     Fair           Fair     Fair  
(In thousands)   Notional     Value     Value     Notional     Value     Value  
Included in other assets/(liabilities):   Amount     Asset     Liability     Amount     Asset     Liability  
Interest rate swaps related to FHLB  advances   $ 290,000     $ 3,133     $ (410 )   $ 175,000     $ 1,994     $ (1,153 )

 

Non-Designated Hedges

 

Derivatives not designated as hedges may be used to manage the Company’s exposure to interest rate movements or to provide service to customers but do not meet the requirements for hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. The Company executes interest rate swaps with commercial lending customers to facilitate their respective risk management strategies. These interest rate swaps with customers are simultaneously offset by interest rate swaps that the Company executes with a third party in order to minimize the net risk exposure resulting from such transactions. These interest-rate swap agreements do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, and therefore changes in fair value are reported in current period earnings.

 

The following table presents summary information about the interest rate swaps at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

    December 31,  
(Dollars in thousands)   2017     2016  
Notional amounts   $ 147,967     $ 62,472  
Weighted average pay rates     3.96 %     3.50 %
Weighted average receive rates     3.96 %     3.50 %
Weighted average maturity     12.37 years       13.97 years  
Fair value of combined interest rate swaps   $     $  

 

Credit-Risk-Related Contingent Features

 

As of December 31, 2017, the termination value of derivatives in a net liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $0.3 million and the termination value of derivatives in a net asset position was $2.0 million. The Company has minimum collateral posting thresholds with certain of its derivative counterparties. If the termination value of derivatives is a net liability position, the Company is required to post collateral against its obligations under the agreements. However, if the termination value of derivatives is a net asset position, the counterparty is required to post collateral to the Company. At December 31, 2017, the Company did not post collateral to its counterparty under the agreements in a net liability position and received collateral of $2.1 million from its counterparty under the agreements in a net asset position. If the Company had breached any of these provisions at December 31, 2017, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value.

 

  Page - 72 -  

Table of Contents  

 

13. INCOME TAXES

 

The following table details the components of income tax expense:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
Current:                        
Federal   $ 8,762     $ 14,730     $ 8,248  
State     937       780       1,230  
Total current     9,699       15,510       9,478  
Deferred:                        
Federal     10,251       2,388       1,457  
State     (1,004 )     897       (157 )
Total deferred     9,247       3,285       1,300  
Total income tax expense   $ 18,946     $ 18,795     $ 10,778  

 

The following table is a reconciliation of the expected federal income tax expense at the statutory tax rate to the actual provision:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015  
(Dollars in thousands)   Amount     Percentage
of Pre-tax
Earnings
    Amount     Percentage
of Pre-tax
Earnings
    Amount     Percentage
of Pre-tax
Earnings
 
Federal income tax expense computed by applying the statutory rate to income before income taxes   $ 13,820       35 %   $ 19,000       35 %   $ 11,161       35 %
Tax exempt income     (1,808 )     (5 )     (1,661 )     (3 )     (1,356 )     (4 )
State taxes, net of federal income tax benefit     725       2       1,090       2       1,087       3  
Deferred tax asset remeasurement (1)     7,572       19       -       -       -       -  
Other     (1,363 )     (3 )     366       1       (114 )     -  
Income tax expense   $ 18,946       48 %   $ 18,795       35 %   $ 10,778       34 %

 

(1) 2017 amount includes a charge to write-down deferred tax assets due to the enactment of the Tax Act of $7.6 million.

 

The following table summarizes the composition of deferred tax assets and liabilities:

 

    December 31,  
(In thousands)   2017     2016  
Deferred tax assets:                
Allowance for loan losses and off-balance sheet credit exposure   $ 9,906     $ 11,401  
Net unrealized losses on securities     4,650       6,019  
Compensation and related benefit obligations     2,508       2,226  
Purchase accounting fair value adjustments     7,576       14,376  
Net change in pension and other post-retirement benefits plans     2,279       3,249  
Net operating loss carryforward     1,997       2,470  
Other     1,119       756  
Total deferred tax assets     30,035       40,497  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:                
Pension and SERP expense     (3,915 )     (4,715 )
Depreciation     (808 )     (1,537 )
REIT undistributed net income     (2,146 )     (86 )
Net deferred loan costs and fees     (1,406 )     (1,844 )
Net gain on cash flow hedges     (792 )     (341 )
State and local taxes     (1,255 )     (1,862 )
Other     (221 )     (179 )
Total deferred tax liabilities     (10,543 )     (10,564 )
Net deferred tax asset   $ 19,492     $ 29,933  

 

  Page - 73 -  

Table of Contents  

 

On December 22, 2017, the President signed the Tax Act, resulting in significant changes to existing tax law, including a lower federal statutory tax rate of 21%. The Tax Act was generally effective as of January 1, 2018. In the fourth quarter of 2017, the Company recorded a charge of $7.6 million, which consisted primarily of the deferred tax asset remeasurement from the previous 35% federal statutory rate to the new 21% federal statutory tax rate.

 

On December 22, 2017, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”), which provides a measurement period of up to one year from the enactment date to refine and complete the accounting. The Company has completed its accounting for the effects of the Tax Act, and has made reasonable estimates of the effect of the change in federal statutory tax rate and remeasurement of deferred tax assets based on the rate at which they are expected to reverse in the future.

 

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of the State and City of New York and the State of New Jersey. The Company is no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2014. There are no unrecorded tax benefits, and the Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized income tax benefits to significantly increase in the next twelve months.

 

In connection with the acquisition of FNBNY, the Company acquired a federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforward subject to Internal Revenue Code Section 382. The Company recorded a deferred tax asset that it expects to realize within the carryforward period. At December 31, 2017, the remaining federal NOL carryforward was $3.5 million. In connection with the CNB and FNBNY acquisitions, the Company acquired New York State and New York City NOL carryforwards. The Company recorded a deferred tax asset that it expects to realize within the carryforward period. At December 31, 2017, the remaining New York State and New York City NOL carryforwards were $18.0 million and $8.8 million, respectively.

 

14. PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT PLANS

 

Pension Plan and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

 

The Bank maintains a noncontributory pension plan (the “Plan”) covering all eligible employees. The Bank uses a December 31 measurement date for this plan in accordance with FASB ASC 715-30 “Compensation – Retirement Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – Pension”. During 2012, the Company amended the pension plan revising the formula for determining benefits effective January 1, 2013, except for certain grandfathered employees. Additionally, new employees hired on or after October 1, 2012 are not eligible for the pension plan.

 

During 2001, the Bank adopted the Bridgehampton National Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”). As recommended by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and approved by the full Board of Directors, the SERP provides benefits to certain employees, whose benefits under the pension plan are limited by the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code. The benefit under the SERP is equal to the additional amount the employee would be entitled to under the Pension Plan and the 401(k) Plan in the absence of such Internal Revenue Code limitations. The assets of the SERP are held in a rabbi trust to maintain the tax-deferred status of the plan and are subject to the general, unsecured creditors of the Company. As a result, the assets of the trust are reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheets of the Company.

 

The following table provides information about changes in obligations and plan assets of the defined benefit pension plan and the defined benefit plan component of the SERP:

 

    Pension Benefits     SERP Benefits  
    Year Ended December 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)   2017     2016     2017     2016  
Change in benefit obligation:                                
Benefit obligation at beginning of year   $ 20,844     $ 18,515     $ 3,004     $ 2,555  
Service cost     1,129       1,153       212       176  
Interest cost     750       794       105       105  
Benefits paid and expected expenses     (285 )     (279 )     (112 )     (112 )
Assumption changes and other     2,321       661       710       280  
Benefit obligation at end of year   $ 24,759     $ 20,844     $ 3,919     $ 3,004  
                                 
Change in plan assets:                                
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year   $ 27,914     $ 24,562     $     $  
Actual return on plan assets     4,859       1,416              
Employer contribution     2,207       2,215       112       112  
Benefits paid and actual expenses     (285 )     (279 )     (112 )     (112 )
Fair value of plan assets at end of year   $ 34,695     $ 27,914     $     $  
                                 
Funded status at end of year   $ 9,936     $ 7,070     $ (3,919 )   $ (3,004 )

 

  Page - 74 -  

Table of Contents  

  

The following table presents amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31:

 

    Pension Benefits     SERP Benefits  
    December 31,     December 31,  
(In thousands)   2017     2016     2017     2016  
Net actuarial loss   $ 6,987     $ 7,874     $ 1,459     $ 800  
Prior service cost     (639 )     (715 )            
Transition obligation                 5       32  
Net amount recognized   $ 6,348     $ 7,159     $ 1,464     $ 832  

 

The accumulated benefit obligation was $23.1 million for the pension plan and $2.5 million for the SERP as of December 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2016, the accumulated benefit obligation was $19.4 million for the pension plan and $2.2 million for the SERP.

 

The following table summarizes the components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income:

 

    Pension Benefits     SERP Benefits  
  Year Ended December 31,     Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)     2017       2016       2015       2017       2016       2015  
Components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive income :                                                
Service cost   $ 1,129     $ 1,153     $ 1,134     $ 212     $ 176     $ 168  
Interest cost     750       794       706       105       105       91  
Expected return on plan assets     (2,129 )     (1,927 )     (1,838 )                  
Amortization of net loss     479       406       376       51       27       32  
Amortization of prior service credit     (77 )     (77 )     (77 )                  
Amortization of transition obligation                       27       28       28  
Net periodic benefit cost   $ 152     $ 349     $ 301     $ 395     $ 336     $ 319  
                                                 
Net loss (gain)   $ (409 )   $ 1,172     $ (123 )   $ 710     $ 280     $ (48 )
Amortization of net loss     (479 )     (406 )     (376 )     (51 )     (27 )     (32 )
Amortization of prior service credit     77       77       77                    
Amortization of transition obligation                       (27 )     (28 )     (27 )
Total recognized in other comprehensive income   $ (811 )   $ 843     $ (422 )   $ 632     $ 225     $ (107 )

 

The estimated net loss and prior service credit for the defined benefit pension plan that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $330 thousand and $77 thousand, respectively. The estimated net loss and transition obligation for the SERP that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next fiscal year are $121 thousand and $5 thousand, respectively.

 

Expected Long-Term Rate-of-Return

 

The expected long-term rate-of-return on plan assets reflects long-term earnings expectations on existing plan assets and those contributions expected to be received during the current plan year. In estimating that rate, appropriate consideration was given to historical returns earned by plan assets in the fund and the rates of return expected to be available for reinvestment. Average rates of return over the past 1, 3, 5 and 10-year periods were determined and subsequently adjusted to reflect current capital market assumptions and changes in investment allocations.

 

    Pension Benefits     SERP Benefits  
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015     2017     2016     2015  
Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations:                                                
Discount rate     3.52 %     4.05 %     4.30 %     3.50 %     4.01 %     4.20 %
Rate of compensation increase     3.00       3.00       3.00       5.00       5.00       5.00  
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:                                                
Discount rate     4.05 %     4.30 %     3.90 %     4.01 %     4.20 %     3.80 %
Rate of compensation increase     3.00       3.00       3.00       5.00       5.00       5.00  
Expected long-term rate of return     7.25       7.50       7.50                    

 

  Page - 75 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Plan Assets

 

The Plan seeks to provide retirement benefits to the employees of the Bank who are entitled to receive benefits under the Plan. The Plan assets are overseen by a committee comprised of management, who meet semi-annually, and sets the investment policy guidelines.

 

The Plan’s overall investment strategy is to achieve a mix of approximately 97% of investments for long - term growth and 3% for near - term benefit payments with a wide diversification of asset types, fund strategies, and fund managers. Cash equivalents consist primarily of short-term investment funds. Equity securities primarily include investments in common stock, mutual funds, depository receipts and exchange traded funds. Fixed income securities include corporate bonds, government issues, mortgage backed securities, high yield securities and mutual funds.

 

The weighted average expected long -term rate-of-return is estimated based on current trends in Plan assets as well as projected future rates of return on those assets and reasonable actuarial assumptions based on the guidance provided by Actuarial Standard of Practice No. 27 for the real and nominal rate of investment return for a specific mix of asset classes. The long-term rate of return considers historical returns for the S&P 500 index and corporate bonds from 1926 to 2015 representing cumulative returns of approximately 10% and 5%, respectively. These returns were considered along with the target allocations of asset categories.

 

The following table indicates the target allocations for Plan assets:

 

    Target
Allocation
    Percentage of Plan Assets
At December 31,
    Weighted-Average
Expected Long-
term Rate of
 
Asset Category   2018     2017     2016     Return  
Cash Equivalents     0 – 5%       8.1 %     3.0 %      
Equity Securities     45 - 65%       58.7 %     64.0 %     10.0 %
Fixed income securities     35 - 55%       33.2 %     33.0 %     5.0 %
Total             100.0 %     100.0 %        

 

Except for pooled vehicles and mutual funds, which are governed by the prospectus, and unless expressly authorized by management, the Plan and its investment managers are prohibited from purchasing the following investments: letter stock, private placements, or direct payments; securities not readily marketable; Bridge Bancorp, Inc. stock.; pledging or hypothecating securities, except for loans of securities that are fully collateralized; purchasing or selling derivative securities for speculation or leverage; and investments by the investment managers in their own securities, their affiliates or subsidiaries (excluding money market funds).

 

Fair value is defined under FASB ASC 820 as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value under ASC 820 must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The standard describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value. These levels are described in Note 3.

 

In instances in which the inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the fair value measurement has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Investments valued using the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) are classified as level 2 if the Plan can redeem its investment with the investee at the NAV at the measurement date. If the Plan can never redeem the investment with the investee at the NAV, it is considered as level 3. If the Plan can redeem the investment at the NAV at a future date, the Plan's assessment of the significance of a particular item to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, including the consideration of inputs specific to the asset.

 

  Page - 76 -  

Table of Contents  

 

In accordance with FASB ASC 715-20, the following table represents the Plan’s fair value hierarchy for its financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

    December 31, 2017:  
          Fair Value Measurements Using:  
(Dollars in thousands)   Carrying
Value
    Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets 
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
 (Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs 
(Level 3)
 
Cash and cash equivalents:                                
Cash   $     $     $          
Short term investment funds     2,821             2,821          
Total cash and cash equivalents     2,821             2,821        
Equities:                                
U.S. large cap     9,587       9,587                
U.S. mid cap/small cap     3,131       3,131                
International     7,283       7,283                
Equities blend     367       367                
Total equities     20,368       20,368                
Fixed income securities:                                
Government issues     1,634       1,507       127          
Corporate bonds     2,837             2,837          
Mortgage backed     1,007             1,007          
High yield bonds and bond funds     6,028             6,028          
Total fixed income securities     11,506       1,507       9,999          
Total plan assets   $ 34,695     $ 21,875     $ 12,820          

 

  

    December 31, 2016  
          Fair Value Measurements Using:  
(Dollars in thousands)   Carrying
Value
    Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs 
(Level 3)
 
Cash and cash equivalents:                                
Cash   $     $     $        
Short term investment funds     822             822          
Total cash and cash equivalents     822             822          
Equities:                                
U.S. large cap     8,950       8,950                
U.S. mid cap/small cap     3,038       3,038                
International     5,770       5,770                
Equities blend     124       124                
Total equities     17,882       17,882                
Fixed income securities:                                
Government issues     1,948       1,706       242          
Corporate bonds     1,795             1,795          
Mortgage backed     960             960          
High yield bonds and bond funds     4,507             4,507          
Total fixed income securities     9,210       1,706       7,504          
Total plan assets   $ 27,914     $ 19,588     $ 8,326          

 

The Company has no minimum required pension contribution due to the overfunded status of the plan. 

 

  Page - 77 -  

Table of Contents  

 

Estimated Future Payments

 

The following table summarizes benefits expected to be paid under the pension plan and SERP as of December 31, 2017, which reflect expected future service:

 

    Pension and SERP
Payments
 
Year   (in thousands)  
2018   $ 667  
2019     743  
2020     915  
2021     1,030  
2022     1,113  
2023-2027     7,256  

 

401(k) Plan

 

The Company provides a 401(k) plan, which covers substantially all current employees. Newly hired employees are automatically enrolled in the plan on the 60 th day of employment, unless they elect not to participate. Participants may contribute a portion of their pre-tax base salary, generally not to exceed $18,000 for the calendar year ended December 31, 2017. Under the provisions of the 401(k) plan, employee contributions are partially matched by the Bank as follows: 100% of each employee’s contributions up to 1% of each employee’s compensation plus 50% of each employee’s contributions over 1% but not in excess of 6% of each employee’s compensation for a maximum contribution of 3.5% of a participating employee’s compensation. Participants can invest their account balances into several investment alternatives. The 401(k) plan does not allow for investment in the Company’s common stock. During the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 the Bank made cash contributions of $1.0 million, $786 thousand, and $623 thousand, respectively. The 401(k) plan also includes a discretionary profit-sharing component. The Company made discretionary profit sharing contributions of $550 thousand in 2017, $424 thousand in 2016 and $276 thousand in 2015.

  

15. STOCK BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

 

Equity Incentive Plan

 

The Bridge Bancorp, Inc. 2012 Stock-Based Incentive Plan (the “2012 Equity Incentive Plan”) provides for the grant of stock-based and other incentive awards to officers, employees and directors of the Company. The plan superseded the Bridge Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. The number of shares of common stock of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. available for stock-based awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan is 525,000 plus 278,385 shares that were remaining under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. Of the total 803,385 shares of common stock approved for issuance under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan, 411,748 shares remain available for issuance at December 31, 2017, including shares that may be granted in the form of restricted stock awards or restricted stock units.

 

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors determines awards under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan. The Company accounts for the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan under FASB ASC No. 718.

 

Stock Options

 

The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. No new grants of stock options were awarded during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and there was no compensation expense attributable to stock options for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 because all stock options were vested. There were no stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016.

 

The following table summarizes stock option exercise activity:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
Intrinsic value of options exercised   $   $ 115     $ 52  
Cash received from options exercised         62       80  
Tax benefit realized from option exercised                  

  

  Page - 78 -  

Table of Contents  

 

Restricted Stock Awards

 

The following table summarizes the unvested restricted stock activity for the year ended December 31, 2017:

 

    Shares     Weighted
Average Grant-Date
Fair Value
 
Unvested, January 1, 2017     301,991     $ 24.59  
Granted     71,781     $ 35.61  
Vested     (47,867 )   $ 23.62  
Forfeited     (8,213 )   $ 27.07  
Unvested, December 31, 2017     317,692     $ 27.16  

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, restricted stock awards of 71,781 shares were granted. Of the 71,781 shares granted, 31,860 shares vest over seven years with a third vesting after years five, six and seven, 25,396 shares vest over five years with a third vesting after years three, four and five, 11,070 shares vest ratably over three years and 3,455 shares vest ratably over nine months. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company granted restricted stock awards of 69,309 shares. Of the 69,309 shares granted, 36,000 shares vest over seven years with a third vesting after years five, six and seven, 27,709 shares vest over five years with a third vesting after years three, four and five, and 5,600 shares vest ratably over three years. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company granted restricted stock awards of 71,187 shares. Of the 71,187 shares granted, 30,625 shares vest over seven years with a third vesting after years five, six and seven, 24,812 shares vest over five years with a third vesting after years three, four and five, 10,550 shares vest ratably over five years, 4,000 shares vest ratably over three years and 1,200 shares vest ratably over two years. Compensation expense attributable to these awards was $1.7 million, $1.5 million and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, was $1.1 million, $935 thousand and $732 thousand, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, there was $5.0 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested restricted stock awards granted under the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.92 years.

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

Effective in 2015, the Board revised the design of the Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTI Plan”) for Named Executive Officers to include performance-based awards. The LTI Plan includes 60% performance vested awards based on three-year relative Total Shareholder Return to the proxy peer group and 40% time vested awards. The awards are in the form of restricted stock units which cliff vest after five years and require an additional two year holding period before being delivered in shares of common stock. The Company recorded expense of $309 thousand, $193 thousand and $81 thousand in connection with these awards for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

In April 2009, the Company adopted a Directors Deferred Compensation Plan (“Directors Plan”). Under the Directors Plan, independent directors may elect to defer all or a portion of their annual retainer fee in the form of restricted stock units. In addition, directors receive a non-election retainer in the form of restricted stock units. These restricted stock units vest ratably over one year and have dividend rights but no voting rights. In connection with the Directors Plan, the Company recorded expense of $530 thousand, $493 thousand and $342 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

16. EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“FASB ASC”) No. 260-10-45 addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share (“EPS”).  The restricted stock awards and certain restricted stock units granted by the Company contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends and therefore are considered participating securities.  The two-class method for calculating basic EPS excludes dividends paid to participating securities and any undistributed earnings attributable to participating securities.  

 

  Page - 79 -  

Table of Contents  

 

The following table presents the computation of EPS for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015: 

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands, except per share data)   2017     2016     2015  
Net income   $ 20,539     $ 35,491     $ 21,111  
Dividends paid on and earnings allocated to participating securities     (415 )     (732 )     (451 )
Income attributable to common stock   $ 20,124     $ 34,759     $ 20,660  
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding, including participating securities     19,759       17,670       14,792  
Weighted average participating securities     (404 )     (366 )     (319 )
Weighted average common shares outstanding     19,355       17,304       14,473  
Basic earnings per common share   $ 1.04     $ 2.01     $ 1.43  
                         
Income attributable to common stock   $ 20,124     $ 34,759     $ 20,660  
Impact of assumed conversions - interest on 8.5% trust preferred securities           878        
Income attributable to common stock including assumed conversions   $ 20,124     $ 35,637     $ 20,660  
                         
Weighted average common shares outstanding     19,355       17,304       14,473  
Incremental shares from assumed conversions of options and restricted stock units     24       13       4  
Incremental shares from assumed conversions of 8.5% trust preferred securities           534        
Weighted average common and equivalent shares outstanding     19,379       17,851       14,477  
Diluted earnings per common share   $ 1.04     $ 2.00     $ 1.43  

 

There were no stock options outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2017. There were no stock options that were antidilutive at December 31, 2016 and 2015. The assumed conversion of the TPS was antidilutive for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2015, and therefore was not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share during those years. The assumed conversion of the TPS was dilutive for the year ended December 31, 2016, and therefore was included in the computation of diluted earnings per share during that year.

  

17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES AND OTHER MATTERS

 

In the normal course of business, there are various outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities, such as claims and legal actions, minimum annual rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases, guarantees and commitments to extend credit, which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. No material losses are anticipated as a result of these commitments and contingencies.

 

Leases

 

At December 31, 2017, the Company was obligated to make minimum annual rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases for its premises. Projected minimum rental payments under existing leases are as follows:

 

    Amount  
Year   (In thousands)  
2018   $ 6,473  
2019     6,089  
2020     5,609  
2021     5,386  
2022     4,842  
Thereafter     18,923  
Total   $ 47,322  

 

Certain leases contain rent escalation clauses, which are reflected in the amounts, listed above. In addition, certain leases provide for additional payments based on real estate taxes, interest and other charges. Certain leases contain renewal options, which are not reflected in the table. Rent expense under operating leases for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 totaled $7.3 million, $6.8 million, and $5.3 million, respectively, net of subleases. 

 

  Page - 80 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Loan commitments

 

Some financial instruments, such as loan commitments, credit lines, letters of credit, and overdraft protection, are issued to meet customer-financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance-sheet risk of credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, often including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment.

 

The following represents commitments outstanding:

 

    December 31,  
(In thousands)   2017     2016  
Standby letters of credit   $ 26,913     $ 21,507  
Loan commitments outstanding (1)     124,284       66,779  
Unused lines of credit     576,698       466,271  
Total commitments outstanding   $ 727,895     $ 554,557  

 

(1) Of the $124.3 million of loan commitments outstanding at December 31, 2017, $36.8 million are fixed rate commitments and $87.5 million are variable rate commitments. Of the $66.8 million of loan commitments outstanding at December 31, 2016, $21.2 million are fixed rate commitments and $45.6 million are variable rate commitments.

 

Litigation

 

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to certain pending and threatened legal actions that arise out of the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the resolution of any such pending or threatened litigation is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Other

 

During 2017, the Bank was required to maintain certain cash balances with the FRB for reserve and clearing requirements. The required cash balance at December 31, 2017 was $3.9 million. During 2017, the Bank invested overnight with the FRB and the average balance maintained during 2017 was $22.4 million.

 

During 2017, the Bank maintained an overnight line of credit with the FHLB. The Bank has the ability to borrow against its unencumbered residential and commercial mortgages and investment securities owned by the Bank. At December 31, 2017, the Bank had aggregate lines of credit of $369.5 million with unaffiliated correspondent banks to provide short-term credit for liquidity requirements. Of these aggregate lines of credit, $349.5 million is available on an unsecured basis. As of December 31, 2017, the Bank had $50.0 million of such borrowings outstanding.

 

In March 2001, the Bank entered into a Master Repurchase Agreement with the FHLB whereby the FHLB agrees to purchase securities from the Bank, upon the Bank’s request, with the simultaneous agreement to sell the same or similar securities back to the Bank at a future date. Securities are limited, under the agreement, to government securities, securities issued, guaranteed or collateralized by any agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government or any government sponsored enterprise, and non-agency AA and AAA rated mortgage-backed securities. At December 31, 2017, there was up to $1.3 billion available for transactions under this agreement, assuming availability of required collateral.

 

18. REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital requirements that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s and Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and Bank’s capital amounts and classifications also are subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets and of tier 1 capital to average assets. Tier 1 capital, risk weighted assets and average assets are as defined by regulation. The required minimums for the Company and Bank are set forth in the tables that follow. The Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements at December 31, 2017 and 2016. 

 

  Page - 81 -  

Table of Contents  

  

On January 1, 2015, the Basel III Capital Rules became effective and include transition provisions through January 1, 2019. These rules provide for the following minimum capital to risk-weighted assets ratios as of January 1, 2015: a) 4.5% based on common equity tier 1 capital ("CET1"); b) 6.0% based on tier 1 capital; and c) 8.0% based on total regulatory capital. A minimum leverage ratio (tier 1 capital as a percentage of total average assets) of 4.0% is also required under the Basel III Capital Rules. When fully phased in, the Basel III Capital Rules will additionally require institutions to retain a capital conservation buffer, composed of CET1, of 2.5% above these required minimum capital ratio levels. The capital conservation buffer requirement is being phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increasing by 0.625% each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019. When the capital conservation buffer is fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the Company and the Bank will effectively have the following minimum capital to risk-weighted assets ratios: a) 7.0% based on CET1; b) 8.5% based on tier 1 capital; and c) 10.5% based on total regulatory capital.

 

The Company and the Bank made the one-time, permanent election to continue to exclude the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss items included in stockholders' equity for the purposes of determining the regulatory capital ratios.

 

As of December 31, 2017, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “well capitalized,” the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, tier 1 risk-based and tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the tables below. Since that notification, there are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

 

The following tables present actual capital levels and minimum required levels for the Company and the Bank under Basel III rules at December 31, 2017 and 2016:

 

    December 31, 2017  
                      Minimum Capital     Minimum To Be Well  
                Minimum Capital     Adequacy Requirement with     Capitalized Under Prompt  
    Actual Capital     Adequacy Requirement     Capital Conservation Buffer     Corrective Action Provisions  
( Dollars in thousands )   Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:                                                                
Consolidated   $ 336,393       10.0 %   $ 152,011       4.5 %   $ 194,237       5.75 %      n/a        n/a  
Bank     408,089       12.1       152,002       4.5       194,224       5.75     $ 219,558       6.5 %
Total capital to risk weighted assets:                                                                
Consolidated     448,376       13.3       270,242       8.0       312,468       9.25        n/a        n/a  
Bank     440,072       13.0       270,225       8.0       312,448       9.25       337,781       10.0  
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:                                                                
Consolidated     336,393       10.0       202,682       6.0       244,907       7.25        n/a        n/a  
Bank     408,089       12.1       202,669       6.0       244,892       7.25       270,225       8.0  
Tier 1 capital to average assets:                                                                
Consolidated     336,393       7.9       170,440       4.0        n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a  
Bank     408,089       9.6       170,441       4.0        n/a        n/a       213,051       5.0  

 

    December 31, 2016  
                      Minimum Capital     Minimum To Be Well  
                Minimum Capital     Adequacy Requirement with     Capitalized Under Prompt  
    Actual Capital     Adequacy Requirement     Capital Conservation Buffer     Corrective Action Provisions  
( Dollars in thousands )   Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
Common equity tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:                                                                
Consolidated   $ 312,731       10.8 %   $ 130,065       4.5 %   $ 148,129       5.125 %     n/a       n/a  
Bank     378,352       13.1       130,054       4.5       148,117       5.125     $ 187,856       6.5 %
Total capital to risk weighted assets:                                                                
Consolidated     434,184       15.0       231,226       8.0       249,290       8.625       n/a       n/a  
Bank     404,532       14.0       231,208       8.0       249,271       8.625       289,010       10.0  
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets:                                                                
Consolidated     328,004       11.3       173,419       6.0       191,484       6.625       n/a       n/a  
Bank     378,352       13.1       173,406       6.0       191,469       6.625       231,208       8.0  
Tier 1 capital to average assets:                                                                
Consolidated     328,004       8.6       152,391       4.0       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
Bank     378,352       9.9       152,382       4.0       n/a       n/a       190,478       5.0  

 

  Page - 82 -  

Table of Contents  

 

19. PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Condensed financial information of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (Parent Company only) follows:

 

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

  December 31,  
(In thousands)   2017     2016  
Assets:                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 7,858     $ 29,049  
Other assets     210       228  
Investment in the Bank     500,896       474,035  
Total assets   $ 508,964     $ 503,312  
                 
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity:                
Subordinated debentures   $ 78,641     $ 78,502  
Junior subordinated debentures           15,244  
Other liabilities     1,123       1,579  
Total liabilities     79,764       95,325  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity     429,200       407,987  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 508,964     $ 503,312  

 

Condensed Statements of Income

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
Dividends from the Bank   $     $ 14,800     $ 10,000  
Interest expense     4,588       5,903       2,626  
Non-interest expense     147       260       73  
(Loss) income before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank     (4,735 )     8,637       7,301  
Income tax benefit     (1,774 )     (2,126 )     (933 )
(Loss) income before equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank     (2,961 )     10,763       8,234  
Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank     23,500       24,728       12,877  
Net income   $ 20,539     $ 35,491     $ 21,111  

 

  Page - 83 -  

Table of Contents  

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
Cash flows from operating activities:                        
Net income   $ 20,539     $ 35,491     $ 21,111  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:                        
Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank     (23,500 )     (24,728 )     (12,877 )
Amortization     139       152       44  
Decrease (increase) in other assets     18       (212 )     72  
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities     (398 )     351       1,228  
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities     (3,202 )     11,054       9,578  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities:                        
Investment in the Bank           (39,500 )     (50,000 )
Net cash used in investing activities           (39,500 )     (50,000 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities:                        
Net proceeds from issuance of subordinated debentures                 78,324  
Repayment of junior subordinated debentures     (352 )            
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock     951       48,442       779  
Net proceeds from exercise of stock options           62       80  
Repurchase of surrendered stock from vesting of restricted stock awards     (350 )     (344 )     (228 )
Excess tax benefit from share based compensation                 50  
Cash dividends paid     (18,238 )     (16,140 )     (13,415 )
Other, net                 (303 )
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (17,989 )     32,020       65,287  
                         
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (21,191 )     3,574       24,865  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     29,049       25,475       610  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $ 7,858     $ 29,049     $ 25,475  

 

 

  Page - 84 -  

Table of Contents  

  

20. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

The following table summarizes the components of other comprehensive loss and related income tax effects:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)   2017     2016     2015  
Unrealized holding losses on available for sale securities   $ (1,107 )   $ (6,428 )   $ (2,489 )
Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses realized in income     (38 )     (449 )     8  
Income tax effect     640       2,795       1,047  
Net change in unrealized losses on available for sale securities     (505 )     (4,082 )     (1,434 )
                         
Unrealized net (loss) gain arising during the period     (302 )     (1,452 )     196  
Reclassification adjustment for amortization realized in income     480       384       358  
Income tax effect     15       438       (174 )
Net change in post-retirement obligation     193       (630 )     380  
                         
Change in fair value of derivatives used for cash flow hedges     463       1,191       (1,008 )
Reclassification adjustment for losses realized in income     1,419       944       657  
Income tax effect     (793 )     (865 )     150  
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges     1,089       1,270       (201 )
                         
Other comprehensive income (loss)   $ 777     $ (3,442 )   $ (1,255 )

 

The following is a summary of the accumulated other comprehensive loss balances, net of income taxes at the dates indicated:

 

(In thousands)   December 31,
2016
    Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Impact of
Tax Act
(1)
    December 31,
2017
 
Unrealized losses on available for sale securities   $ (8,823 )   $ (505 )   $ (2,009 )   $ (11,337 )
Unrealized (losses) gains on pension benefits     (4,741 )     193       (985 )     (5,533 )
Unrealized gains on cash flow hedges     500       1,089       342       1,931  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of income taxes   $ (13,064 )   $ 777     $ (2,652 )   $ (14,939 )

 

(1) Impact of Tax Act related to reclassification to retained earnings.

 

The following represents the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income:

 

    Year Ended December 31,     Affected Line Item in the
(In thousands)   2017     2016     2015     Consolidated Statements of Income
Realized gains (losses) on sale of available for sale securities   $ 38     $ 449     $ (8 )   Net securities gain (losses)
Amortization of defined benefit pension plan and defined benefit plan component of the SERP:                            
Prior service credit     77       77       77     Salaries and employee benefits
Transition obligation     (27 )     (28 )     (27 )   Salaries and employee benefits
Actuarial losses     (530 )     (433 )     (408 )   Salaries and employee benefits
Realized losses on cash flow hedges     (1,419 )     (944 )     (657 )   Interest expense
Total reclassifications, before income taxes     (1,861 )     (879 )     (1,023 )    
Income tax benefit     762       356       414     Income tax expense
Total reclassifications, net of income taxes   $ (1,099 )   $ (523 )   $ (609 )    

 

  Page - 85 -  

Table of Contents  

  

21. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

Selected Consolidated Quarterly Financial Data

 

    2017 Quarter Ended  
(In thousands, except per share amounts)   March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
Interest income   $ 35,217     $ 36,234     $ 38,438     $ 39,960  
Interest expense     4,756       5,441       6,093       6,399  
Net interest income     30,461       30,793       32,345       33,561  
Provision for loan losses     800       950       1,900       10,400 (1)
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     29,661       29,843       30,445       23,161  
Non-interest income     4,122       4,509       4,972       4,499  
Non-interest expense     20,296       21,006       21,271       29,154 (2)
Income (loss) before income taxes     13,487       13,346       14,146       (1,494 )
Income tax expense     4,316       4,505       4,703       5,422 (3)
Net income (loss)   $ 9,171     $ 8,841     $ 9,443     $ (6,916 )
Basic earnings (loss) per share   $ 0.47     $ 0.45     $ 0.48     $ (0.35 )
Diluted earnings (loss) per share   $ 0.47     $ 0.45     $ 0.48     $ (0.35 )

 

    2016 Quarter Ended  
(In thousands, except per share amounts)   March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
Interest income   $ 33,607     $ 34,733     $ 34,761     $ 34,615  
Interest expense     4,175       4,143       4,077       4,450  
Net interest income     29,432       30,590       30,684       30,165  
Provision for loan losses     1,250       900       2,000       1,400  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     28,182       29,690       28,684       28,765  
Non-interest income     3,995       4,269       4,034       3,748  
Non-interest expense     18,907 (4)     20,441       19,204       18,529 (5)
Income before income taxes     13,270       13,518       13,514       13,984  
Income tax expense     4,644       4,664       4,663       4,824  
Net income   $ 8,626     $ 8,854     $ 8,851     $ 9,160  
Basic earnings per share   $ 0.49     $ 0.51     $ 0.50     $ 0.50  
Diluted earnings per share   $ 0.49     $ 0.50     $ 0.50     $ 0.50  

 

(1) 2017 amount includes net charge-offs primarily from loans and specific reserves associated with two relationships of $8.0 million.

(2) 2017 amount includes restructuring costs associated with branch restructuring and charter conversion of $8.0 million.

(3) 2017 amount includes a charge to write-down deferred tax assets due to the enactment of the Tax Act of $7.6 million.

(4) 2016 amount includes reversal of costs associated with the CNB and FNBNY acquisitions of $0.3 million.

(5) 2016 amount includes reversal of costs associated with the CNB and FNBNY acquisitions of $0.7 million.

 

22. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

 

On June 19, 2015, the Company acquired CNB at a purchase price of $157.5 million, issued an aggregate of 5.647 million Bridge Bancorp common shares in exchange for all the issued and outstanding common stock of CNB and recorded goodwill of $96.5 million, which is not deductible for tax purposes. The transaction expanded the Company’s geographic footprint across Long Island including Nassau County, Queens and into New York City. It complements the Bank’s existing branch network and enhances asset generation capabilities. The expanded branch network allows the Bank to serve a greater portion of Long Island and the New York City boroughs.

 

The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with FASB ASC 805, “Business Combinations.” Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values, and identifiable intangible assets were recorded at fair value. The operating results of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015 include the operating results of CNB since the acquisition date of June 19, 2015.

 

  Page - 86 -  

Table of Contents  

  

The following table summarizes the finalized fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed on June 19, 2015:

 

          Measurement        
    As Initially     Period        
(In thousands)   Reported     Adjustments (1)     As Adjusted  
Cash and due from banks   $ 24,628     $ -     $ 24,628  
Securities     90,109       -       90,109  
Loans     736,348       (6,935 )     729,413  
Bank owned life insurance     21,445       -       21,445  
Premises and equipment     6,398       (5,122 )     1,276  
Other intangible assets     6,698       -       6,698  
Other assets     14,484       7,245       21,729  
Total assets acquired   $ 900,110     $ (4,812 )   $ 895,298  
                         
Deposits   $ 786,853     $ -     $ 786,853  
Federal Home Loan Bank term advances     35,581       -       35,581  
Other liabilities and accrued expenses     5,647       6,214       11,861  
Total liabilities assumed   $ 828,081     $ 6,214     $ 834,295  
                         
Net assets acquired     72,029       (11,026 )     61,003  
Consideration paid     157,503       -       157,503  
Goodwill recorded on acquisition   $ 85,474     $ 11,026     $ 96,500  

 

(1) Explanation of measurement period adjustments:

 

Loans – represents adjustments to the initial fair values related to certain PCI loans based on the finalization of the initial provisional analyses.

 

Premises and equipment – represents write down to estimated fair value based on the final valuation performed on leasehold improvements.

 

Other assets – represents adjustments to the net deferred tax asset resulting from the adjustments to the initial fair values related to acquired assets and liabilities assumed.

 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses - represents adjustments to the initial fair values reported to adjust other liabilities to estimated fair value and record certain liabilities directly related to the CNB acquisition.

 

  Page - 87 -  

Table of Contents  

  

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

Shareholders and the Audit Committee of Bridge Bancorp, Inc.
Bridgehampton, New York

 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as “financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by COSO.

 

Basis for Opinions

 

The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

 

Our audits of the financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

 
  Crowe Horwath LLP

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2002.

 

New York, New York

March 9, 2018

 

  Page - 88 -  

Table of Contents  

  

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of December 31, 2017. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by the annual report.

 

Report by Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an effective system of internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of human error and circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2017, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting based on those criteria.

 

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements that are included in this annual report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The attestation report of Crowe Horwath LLP appears on the previous page.

 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2017, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

 

On March 9, 2018, the Company and the Bank amended their employment agreement with Howard H. Nolan, Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and a member of the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Company, and entered into substantially similar employment agreements with James J. Manseau, Executive Vice President, Chief Retail Banking Officer of the Bank and the Company, John M. McCaffery, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of the Bank and the Company, and Kevin L. Santacroce, Executive Vice President, Chief Lending Officer of the Bank and the Company, which agreements superseded and replaced their prior change in control agreements. The term of each employment agreement is two years, renewing daily, so that the remaining term is twenty-four months, unless notice of non-renewal is provided to the executive. Base salary is reviewed annually and can be increased but not decreased.

 

Pursuant to these agreements, if an executive voluntarily terminates his employment without “good reason,” or if the executive’s employment is terminated for cause, no benefits are provided under the agreement.

 

In the event of (i) the executive’s involuntary termination for any reason other than disability, death, retirement or termination for cause, or (ii) the executive’s resignation upon the occurrence of certain events constituting “good reason,” including a reduction in the executive’s duties, responsibilities or base salary, the executive would be entitled to a severance benefit equal to a cash lump sum payment equal to 24 months base salary and the value of continued health and medical insurance coverage for 24 months, payable within ten business days following the date of termination of employment.

 

In the event of (i) the executive’s involuntary termination for any reason other than cause, or (ii) the executive’s resignation upon the occurrence of certain events constituting “good reason,” including a reduction in the executive’s duties, responsibilities or pay, within

 

  Page - 89 -  

Table of Contents  

 

two years (one year for Mr. Nolan) following a change in control, the executive would be entitled to a severance benefit equal to a cash lump sum payment equal to three times the sum of base salary and the highest annual bonus earned during the prior three years and the value of continued health and medical insurance coverage for 36 months, payable within ten business days following the date of termination of employment. Each employment agreement provides that the executive’s cash severance will be reduced to the limitation under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code only if this will result in the executive receiving a greater total payment as measured on an after-tax basis.

 

Except in the event of a change in control, following termination of employment each executive is subject to non-competition restrictions.

 

The foregoing description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the amendment to employment agreement and form of employment agreement that are attached hereto as Exhibits 10.1(iii) and 10.7, respectively, and are incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K. 

 

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

The information regarding Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance will be set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2018 and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

The information regarding Executive Compensation will be set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2018 and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

  

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

The information regarding Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters will be set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2018 and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

 

Set forth below is certain information as of December 31, 2017, regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans that have been approved by stockholders. The Company does not have any equity compensation plans that have not been approved by shareholders.

 

Equity compensation
plan approved by
stockholders
  Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options
and awards
    Weighted average
exercise price with
respect to outstanding
stock options
    Number of securities
remaining available for
issuance under the Plan
 
2006 Equity Incentive Plan     19,928              
2012 Equity Incentive Plan     133,468             411,748  
Total     153,396             411,748  

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

The information regarding Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence will be set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2018 and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

The information regarding the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm’s fees and services will be set forth in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 4, 2018, and is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

 

  Page - 90 -  

Table of Contents  

 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) The following Consolidated Financial Statements, including notes thereto, and financial schedules of the Company, required in response to this item are included in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

  1. Financial Statements   Page No.
           
      Consolidated Balance Sheets   37
      Consolidated Statements of Income   38
      Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income   39
      Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity   40
      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows   41
      Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   42
      Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   88
           
  2. Financial Statement Schedules    

 

Financial Statement Schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

  3. Exhibits  
       
      See Exhibit Index on page 93.

 

  

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

 

Not applicable.  

 

  Page - 91 -  

Table of Contents  

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  BRIDGE BANCORP, INC.  
  Registrant  
     
March 9, 2018 /s/ Kevin M. O’Connor  
  Kevin M. O’Connor  
  President and Chief Executive Officer  
     
March 9, 2018 /s/ John M. McCaffery  
  John M. McCaffery  
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer  
     
March 9, 2018 /s/ Nicholas Parrinelli  
  Nicholas Parrinelli  
  Vice President, Principal Accounting Officer  
     

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

March 9, 2018 /s/ Marcia Z. Hefter   Director
  Marcia Z. Hefter    
       
March 9, 2018 /s/ Dennis A. Suskind   Director
  Dennis A. Suskind    
       
March 9, 2018 /s/ Kevin M. O’Connor   Director
  Kevin M. O’Connor    
       
March 9, 2018 /s/ Emanuel Arturi   Director
  Emanuel Arturi    
       
March 9, 2018 /s/ Charles I. Massoud   Director
  Charles I. Massoud    
       
March 9, 2018 /s/ Albert E. McCoy Jr.   Director
  Albert E. McCoy Jr.    
       
March 9, 2018 /s/ Howard H. Nolan   Director
  Howard H. Nolan    
       
March 9, 2018 /s/ Rudolph J. Santoro   Director
  Rudolph J. Santoro    
       
March 9, 2018 /s/ Thomas J. Tobin   Director
  Thomas J. Tobin    
       
March 9, 2018 /s/ Raymond A. Nielsen   Director
  Raymond A. Nielsen    
       
March 9, 2018 /s/ Daniel Rubin   Director
  Daniel Rubin    
       
March 9, 2018 /s/ Christian Yegen   Director
  Christian Yegen    

 

  Page - 92 -  

Table of Contents  

  

EXHIBIT INDEX      
       
Exhibit Number   Description of Exhibit   Exhibit
         
3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s amended Form 10-QSB, File No. 0-18546, filed October 15, 1990)   *
         
3.1(i)   Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 10-Q, File No. 0-18546, filed August 13, 1999)   *
         
3.1(ii)   Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, File No. 001-34096, filed November 18, 2008)   *
         
3.2   Revised Bylaws of the Registrant    
         
10.1   Amended and Restated Employment Contract – Howard H. Nolan (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 001-34096, filed June 24, 2015   *
         
10.1(i)   First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Employment Contract – Howard H. Nolan (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 10-Q, File No. 0-18546, filed May 10, 2016   *
         
10.1(ii)   Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Employment Contract – Howard H. Nolan (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 10-Q, File No. 0-18546, filed August 8, 2016   *
         
10.1(iii)   Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Employment Contract – Howard H. Nolan    
         
10.2   Employment Contract – Kevin M. O’Connor (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 8-K, File No. 0-18546, filed October 15, 2007)   *
         
10.3   Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, File No. 0-18546, filed March 24, 2006)   *
         
10.4   Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (Revised for 409A) (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 10-K, File No. 0-18546, filed March 14, 2008)   *
         
10.5   2012 Stock-Based Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement, File No. 001-34096, filed April 2, 2012)   *
         
10.6   Bridge Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated Directors Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 10-K, File No. 001-34096, filed March 10, 2017)   *
         
10.7   Form of Employment Agreement entered into with James J. Manseau, John M. McCaffery and Kevin L. Santacroce    
         
21.1   Subsidiaries of Bridge Bancorp, Inc.    
         
23.1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm    
         
31.1   Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)    
         
31.2   Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)    
         
32.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350    
         
101   The following financial statements from Bridge Bancorp, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year Ended December 31, 2017, filed on March 9, 2018, formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.    
       
101.INS   XBRL Instance Document    

 

  Page - 93 -  

 

 

101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document    
101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document    
101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document    
101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document    
101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document    
*   Denotes incorporated by reference.    

 

Page - 94 -

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

BYLAWS

of

BRIDGE BANCORP, INC.

 

These Bylaws are supplemental to the New York Business Corporation Law and other applicable provisions of law, as the same shall from time to time be in effect.

 

ARTICLE I - MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

Section 101 - Place of Meetings

All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at such place or places, within or without the State of New York, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors from time to time.

 

Section 102 - Annual Meetings

The annual meeting of the shareholders for the election of directors and the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such date or hour as may be fixed by the Board of Directors. Any business which is a proper subject for shareholder action may be transacted at the annual meeting, irrespective of whether the notice of said meeting contains any reference thereto, except as otherwise provided by applicable law.

 

Section 103 - Special Meeting

Special meetings of the shareholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 104 - Conduct of Shareholders’ Meetings .

The President of the Corporation shall preside at all shareholders’ meetings. In the absence of the President, the Chairperson shall preside or, in his/her absence, any officer designated by the Board of Directors. The officer presiding over the shareholders’ meeting may establish such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting as he/she may deem to be reasonably necessary or desirable for the orderly and expeditious conduct of the meeting. Unless the officer presiding over the shareholders’ meeting otherwise requires, shareholders need not vote by ballot on any question.

 

Section 105 Nomination by Shareholders and New Business Proposals.

 

(a)       Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business to be transacted by the shareholders may be made at an annual meeting of shareholders (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice with respect to such meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of record of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this section.

 

  1  

 

 

(b)       For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of the foregoing paragraph, (1) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation (the “Notice”), (2) such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the New York Business Corporation Law, (3) the Notice must include the information required hereunder. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 days prior to the date of the Corporation’s proxy materials for the preceding year’s annual meeting of shareholders (“Proxy Statement Date”); provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not later than the close of business on the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. A stockholder’s Notice must include the following information

 

· A statement that the writer is a stockholder and is proposing a candidate for consideration by the Board or is proposing business for the consideration by the shareholders of the Corporation;

 

· The name and address of the stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and number of shares of the Corporation’s common stock that are owned beneficially by such stockholder (if the stockholder is not a holder of record, appropriate evidence of the stockholder’s ownership will be required);

 

· As to a nomination for election to the Board, the name, address and contact information for the candidate, and the number of shares of common stock of the Corporation that are owned by the candidate (if the candidate is not a holder of record, appropriate evidence of the stockholder’s ownership should be provided);

 

· As to a nomination to the Board, a statement of the candidate’s business and educational experience, detailed information about any relationship or understanding between the proposing stockholder and the candidate, and a statement that the candidate is willing to be considered and willing to serve as a director if nominated and elected;

 

· As to any business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of such business

 

· Such other information regarding the candidate or the business proposed as would be required to be included in the proxy statement pursuant to SEC Regulation 14A, including as to a proposal for business to be considered, any material interest that the stockholder has with respect to the business being proposed;

 

· A statement detailing any relationship between the proposing stockholder, any candidate for election to the Board, and any customer, supplier or competitor of Bridge Bancorp and its affiliates;

 

· A statement as to whether either such stockholder intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a proposal, at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the Corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice”).

 

  2  

 

 

(c)       Only persons nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 10 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an annual meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section. The chairman of the meeting shall have the power and the duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting has been made in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defectively proposed business or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

 

(d)       For purposes of these Bylaws, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones New Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(e)       Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 105, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 105. Nothing in this Section 1 shall be deemed to affect any rights of shareholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

 

ARTICLE II - DIRECTORS AND BOARD MEETINGS

 

Section 201 - Management by Board of Directors

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute, regulation, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders.

 

Section 202 - Directors Must be Shareholders

Every director must be a shareholder of the Corporation and shall own in his/her own right the number of shares (if any) required by law in order to qualify as such director. Any director shall forthwith cease to be a director when he/she no longer holds such shares, which fact shall be reported to the Board of Directors by the Secretary, whereupon the Board of Directors shall declare the seat of such directors vacated.

 

Section 203 - [Intentionally Omitted]

 

  3  

 

 

Section 204 - Number of Directors

The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than five (5) nor more than twenty-five (25) persons, the exact number to be fixed and determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the full Board of Directors.

 

Section 205 - Classification of Directors

The directors shall be divided into three (3) classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, known as Class A, consisting of not more than eight (8) directors; Class B, consisting of not more than eight (8) directors; and Class C, consisting of not more than nine (9) directors. Such classes shall become effective with the annual meeting of shareholders in 2002. The initial directors of Class A shall be the present directors of Class 1 who are continuing in office and who were elected at the annual meeting in 2001 to hold office until the annual meeting in 2003 and shall serve out their current terms until the annual meeting in 2003. At the annual meeting of the shareholders in 2003, the directors of Class A shall be elected for a term of three (3) years and, after expiration of such term, shall thereafter be elected every three (3) years for three (3) year terms. The initial directors of Class B shall be elected at the annual meeting in 2002 and shall serve until the annual meeting of shareholders in 2004. At the annual meeting of the shareholders in 2004, the directors of Class B shall be elected for a term of three (3) years and, after the expiration of such term, shall thereafter be elected every three (3) years for three (3) year terms. The initial directors of Class C shall be elected at the annual meeting in 2002 and shall serve until the annual meeting of shareholders in 2005. At the annual meeting of shareholders in 2005, the directors of Class C shall be elected for a term of three (3) years and, after the expiration of such term, shall thereafter be elected every three (3) years for three (3) year terms. Each director shall serve until his/her successor shall have been elected and shall qualify, even though his/her term of office as herein provided has otherwise expired, except in the event of his/her earlier resignation, removal or disqualification.

 

Section 206 - Vacancies

Vacancies in the Board of Directors, including vacancies resulting from an increase in the number of directors, shall be filled by a majority of the remaining members of the Board, even though less than a quorum. If the number of directors is changed: (i) any newly created directorships or any decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as possible; and (ii) when the number of directors is increased by the board and any newly created directorships are filled by the board, there shall be no classification of the additional directors until the next annual meeting of shareholders.

 

Section 207 - Compensation of Directors

Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees, including any combination of a retainer payment(s) and meeting fees, and other compensation for their services as Directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors. Directors may also receive stock benefits under any stock benefit plan approved by the shareholders of the Corporation. The Corporation may reimburse directors for expenses related to their duties as a member of the Board.

 

  4  

 

 

Section 208 - Organization Meeting

The President or Secretary, upon receiving the certificate of the judges, of the result of any election, shall notify the directors-elect of their election and of the time at which they are required to meet for the purpose of organizing the new Board and electing and appointing officers of the Corporation for the succeeding year. Such meeting shall be held on the day of the election or as soon thereafter as practicable, and, in any event, within thirty days thereof. If, at the time fixed for such meeting, there shall not be a quorum present, the directors present may adjourn the meeting, from time to time, until a quorum is obtained.

 

Section 209 - Regular Meetings

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held on such day, at such hour, and at such place, consistent with applicable law, as the Board shall from time to time designate or as may be designated in any notice from the Secretary calling the meeting. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board of Directors which are held at the time and place designated by the Board of Directors.

 

If a regular meeting is not to be held at the time and place designated by the Board of Directors, notice of such meeting, which need not specify the business to be transacted thereat and which may be either verbal or in writing, shall be given by the Secretary to each member of the Board at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the meeting.

 

A majority of the members of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If at the time fixed for the meeting, including the meeting to organize the new Board following the annual meeting of shareholders, a quorum is not present, the directors in attendance may adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum is obtained.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, a majority of those directors present and voting at any meeting of the Board of Directors, shall decide each matter considered. A director cannot vote by proxy, or otherwise act by proxy at a meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 210 - Special Meetings

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the President, the Executive Vice President, or at the request of three or more members of the Board of Directors. A special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be deemed to be any meeting other than the regular meeting of the Board of Directors. Notice of the time and place of every special meeting, which need not specify the business to be transacted thereat and which may be either verbal or in writing, shall be given by the Secretary to each member of the Board at least twenty (24) hours before the time of such meeting excepting the Organization Meeting following the election of directors.

 

Section 211 - Reports and Records

The reports of officers and Committees and the records of the proceedings of all Committees shall be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation and presented to the Board of Directors, if practicable, at its next regular meeting. The Board of Directors shall keep complete records of its proceedings in a minute book kept for that purpose. When a director shall request it, the vote of each director upon a particular question shall be recorded in the minutes.

 

  5  

 

 

ARTICLE III - COMMITTEES

 

Section 301 - Committees

The Board of Directors, by a vote of a majority of the Board, may from time to time designate such committees, including without limitation an executive committee, of the Board of Directors as it deems necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may confer on such committees such powers and duties as it deems appropriate, unless proscribed by law. The committees shall serve at the pleasure of the Board.

 

Section 302 - Appointment of Committee Members

The Board of Directors shall elect the members of the Committees and the Chairperson and Vice Chairperson of each such Committee to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders.

 

Section 303 - Organization and Proceedings

Each Committee of the Board of Directors may effect its own organization by the appointment of a Secretary and such other officers, except the Chairperson and Vice Chairperson, as it may deem necessary. A record of proceedings of all Committees shall be kept by the Secretary of such

Committee and filed and presented as provided in Section 211 of these Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS

 

Section 401 - Officers

The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson, a President, one (1) or more Vice Presidents (one (1) or more of whom may be designated an Executive Vice President), a Secretary, a Treasurer, and such other officers and assistant offices as the Board of Directors may from time to time deem advisable. Except for the President, Secretary and Treasurer, the Board may refrain from filling any of the said offices at any time and from time to time. The same individual may hold any two (2) or more offices except both the offices of President and Secretary. The officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors at the annual organization meeting, in the manner and for such terms as the Board of Directors from time to time shall determine. Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, and regardless of the term for which such officer was elected, but without prejudice to any contract right of such officer. Each officer shall hold his office for the current year for which he was elected or appointed by the Board unless he shall resign, becomes disqualified, or be removed at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 402 - Chairperson of the Board

The Board of Directors shall elect a Chairperson of the Board at the organization meeting of the Board following each annual meeting of shareholders at which directors are elected. The Chairperson of the Board shall be a member of the Board of Directors and shall preside at the meetings of the Board and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

 

  6  

 

 

Section 403 - Vice Chairperson of the Board

The Board may appoint one of its members to be Vice Chairperson of the Board. Such person shall assist the Chairperson of the Board and shall also have and may exercise such further powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred, or assigned by the Board.

 

Section 404 - President

The President shall have general supervision of all of the departments and business of the Corporation and shall prescribe the duties of the other officers and employees and see to the proper performance thereof. The President shall be responsible for having all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors carried into effect. The President shall execute on behalf of the Corporation and may affix or cause to be affixed a seal to all authorized documents and instruments requiring such execution, except to the extent that signing and execution thereof shall have been delegated to some other officer or agent of the Corporation by the Board of Directors or by the President. The President shall be Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors. In the absence or disability of the Chairperson of the Board or Vice Chairperson of the Board or his/her refusal to act, the President shall preside at meetings of the Board. In general, the President shall perform all the duties and exercise all the powers and authorities incident to such office or as prescribed by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 405 - Vice Presidents

The Vice President shall perform such duties, do such acts and be subject to such supervision as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the President. One or more vice presidents may be designated as executive or senior vice presidents. In the event of the absence or disability of the President or his/her refusal to act, the Vice Presidents, in the order of their rank, and within the same rank in the order of their authority, shall perform the duties and have the powers and authorities of the President, except to the extent inconsistent with applicable law.

 

Section 406 - Secretary

The Secretary shall act under the supervision of the President or such other officers as the President may designate. Unless a designation to the contrary is made at a meeting, the Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the shareholders and record all the proceedings of such meetings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for the standing Committees when required by these Bylaws or otherwise. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall keep a seal of the Corporation, and when authorized by the Board of Directors or the President, cause it to be affixed to any documents and instruments requiring it. The Secretary shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, President, or other supervising officer as the President may designate.

 

Section 407 - Treasurer

The Treasurer shall act under the supervision of the President or such other assistant officer as the President may designate. The Treasurer shall have custody of the Corporation’s funds and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, President or such other supervising officer as the President may designate.

 

  7  

 

 

Section 408 - Assistant Officers

Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, each assistant officer shall perform such duties as shall be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the President or the officer to whom he/she is an assistant. In the event of the absence or disability of an officer or his/her refusal to act, his/her assistant officer shall, in the order of their rank, and within the same rank in the order of their seniority, have the powers and authorities of such officer.

 

Section 409 - Compensation

The salaries and compensation of all officers and assistant officers shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 410 - General Powers

The officers are authorized to do and perform such corporate acts as are necessary in the carrying on of the business of the Corporation, subject always to the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE V - INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

Section 501 - Right to Indemnification

Any person who was, is, or is threatened to be made a party to any action or proceeding, whether civil or criminal (including an action by or in the right of the Corporation or any other corporation, partnership, join venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which any director or officer of the Corporation served in any capacity at the request of this Corporation), by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or served such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise in any capacity, shall be indemnified by the Corporation against all judgements, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense or appeal of any such action or proceeding, and against any other amounts, expenses and fees similarly incurred; provided that no indemnification shall be made to or on behalf of any director or officer where indemnification is prohibited by applicable law. This right of indemnification shall include the right of a director or officer to receive payment from the Corporation for expenses incurred in defending or appealing any such action or proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided that the payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of an action or proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified. The preceding right of indemnification shall be a contract right enforceable by the director or officer with respect to any claim, cause of action, action or proceeding accruing or arising while this Bylaw shall be in effect.

 

  8  

 

 

Section 502 - Authorization of Indemnification

Any indemnification provided for by Section 501 shall be authorized in any manner provided by applicable law or, in the absence of such law;

 

(a)       By the Board of Directors acting by a quorum of directors who are not parties to such action or proceeding, upon a finding that there has been no judgement or other final adjudication adverse to the director or officer which establishes that his acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or that he personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled; or

 

(b)       If a quorum under clause (a) is not obtainable, (i) by the Board upon the opinion in writing of independent legal counsel that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because there has been no such judgement or other final adjudication adverse to the director or officer, or (ii) by the shareholders upon a finding that there has been no such judgement or other final adjudication adverse to the director or officer.

 

Section 503 - Right of Claimant to Bring Suit

If a claim of indemnification is not paid in full by the Corporation within ninety days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time there- after bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall also be entitled to recover the expenses of prosecuting such claim.

 

Section 504 - Non-Exclusivity of Rights

The rights conferred on any person under this Article shall not be exclusive of any other right which may exist under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaw, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

Section 505 - Insurance

Subject to the laws of New York, the Corporation may maintain insurance, as its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation against any expense, liability or loss of the general nature contemplated by this Article, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the laws of New York.

 

Section 506 - Severability

It is the intent of the Corporation to indemnify its officers and directors to the fullest extent authorized by the laws of New York as they now exist or may hereafter be amended. If any portion of this Article shall for any reason be held invalid or unenforceable by judicial decision or legislative amendment, the valid and enforceable provisions of this Article will continue to be given effect and shall be construed so as to provide the broadest indemnification permitted by law.

 

  9  

 

 

ARTICLE VI - SHARES OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

Section 601 - Authority to Sign Share Certificates

Every share certificate of the Corporation shall be signed by the President and by either the Secretary (or one of the Assistant Secretaries) or the Treasurer (or one of the Assistant Treasurers). Certificates may be signed by a facsimile signature of the aforesaid Officers of the Corporation authorized to sign share certificates. The Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.

 

Section 602 - Lost or Destroyed Certificates

Any person claiming a share certificate to be lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken shall receive a replacement certificate if such person shall have:

 

(a)       Requested such replacement certificate before the Corporation has notice that the shares have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser;

 

(b)       Provided the Corporation with an indemnity agreement satisfactory in form and substance to the Board of Directors, or the President or the Secretary; and

 

(c)       Satisfied any other reasonable requirements (including providing an affidavit and a surety bond) fixed by the Board of Directors, or the President or the Secretary.

 

 

ARTICLE VII - GENERAL

 

Section 701 - Fiscal Year

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first (1st) day of January in each year and end on the thirty-first (31st) day of December in each year.

 

Section 702 - Record Date

The Board of Directors may fix any time whatsoever (but not more than sixty (60) days) prior to the date of any meeting of shareholders, or the date for the payment of any dividend or distribution, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of shares will be made of will go into effect, as a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any such meetings, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend or distribution, or to receive any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect to any such change, conversion or exchange of shares.

 

Section 703 - Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

  10  

 

 

Section 704 - Emergency Bylaws

In the event of any emergency resulting from a nuclear attack or similar disaster, and during the continuance of such emergency, the following Bylaw provisions shall be in effect, notwithstanding any other provisions of the Bylaws:

 

(a)       A meeting of the Board of Directors or of any Committee thereof may be called by any officer or director upon one (1) hour’s notice to all persons entitled to notice whom, in the sole judgement of the notifier, it is feasible to notify;

 

(b)       The director or directors in attendance at the meeting of the Board of Directors or of any Committee thereof shall constitute a quorum; and

 

(c)       These Bylaws may be amended or repealed, in whole or in part, by a majority vote of the directors attending any meeting of the Board of Directors, provided such amendment or repeal shall only be effective for the duration of such emergency.

 

Section 705 - Severability

If a provision of these Bylaws is illegal or unenforceable as such, illegality or un-enforceability shall not affect any other provision of these Bylaws and such other provisions shall continue in full force and effect.

 

ARTICLE VIII - AMENDMENT OR REPEAL

 

Section 801 - Amendment or Repeal by the Board of Directors

These Bylaws may be amended or repealed, in whole or in part, by a majority vote of the full Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board duly convened. Notice need not be given of the purpose of the meeting of the Board of Directors at which the amendment or repeal is to be considered.

 

Section 802 - Recording Amendments and Repeals

The text of all amendments and repeals to these Bylaws shall be attached to the Bylaws with a notation of the date and vote of such amendment or repeal.

 

ARTICLE IX APPROVAL OF AMENDED BYLAWS AND

RECORD OF AMENDMENTS AND REPEALS

 

Section 901 - Approval and Effective Date

These Bylaws have been approved as the Bylaws of the Corporation this 14 th day of December, 2017 and shall be effective as of said date.

 

  11  

 

 

 

  /s/ Howard H. Nolan  
  Howard H. Nolan, SEVP & Corporate Secretary  

 

 

 

  12  

 

 

Section 902 - Amendments or Repeals

 

 

  Date Amended  
Section Involved or Repealed Approved By
     
203 December 14, 2017 Board of Directors

 

Section 203 has been repealed eliminating the age limitation for Directors.

 

 

 

 

  13  

Exhibit 10.1 (iii)

 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

Third Amendment, dated as of March 9, 2018 (the “ Amendment ”), to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of June 26, 2015 (as amended, the “ Agreement ”), by and between Bridge Bancorp, Inc., BNB Bank, and Howard H. Nolan (the “ Executive ”). Capitalized terms which are not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Agreement.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Agreement currently provides for a fixed three-year term; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Bank desire to amend the Agreement to provide for a two-year term with automatic daily renewal to ensure the continued availability of the Executive’s services as provided in this Agreement and to make certain other clarifying changes; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 16 of the Agreement, the parties to the Agreement may amend the Agreement and the Executive consents to this Amendment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual agreements herein set forth and such other consideration the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company, Bank and the Executive hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Amendment to Section 1(a) of the Agreement . Section 1(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(a) Term . As of the date of this Amendment, the term of this Agreement shall continue for a period of twenty-four (24) months (the “Employment Period”), and the term shall automatically renew on a daily basis, such that the remaining unexpired term of the Agreement shall be twenty-four (24) months, until the date the Company gives the Executive written notice of non-renewal (“Non-Renewal Notice”). The Employment Period shall end on the date that is twenty-four (24) months after the date of the Non-Renewal Notice, unless the parties agree that the Employment Period shall end on an earlier date.”

 

Section 2. Amendment to Section 3(a) of the Agreement . Section 3(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended to replace the Base Salary amount of “$305,000” with “$350,000.”

 

Section 3. Amendment to Section 7(a)(i) of the Agreement . Section 7(a)(i) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

     

 

 

“(i) The Executive’s voluntary resignation from employment with the Bank and the Company during the term of this Agreement within 30 days after the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s consent, such that the Executive’s resignation shall be treated as a resignation for “Good Reason,” provided that for purposes of this Section 7(a)(i), the Executive must provide not greater than ninety (90) days’ written notice to the Bank and the Company of the initial existence of such condition and the Bank and the Company shall have thirty (30) days to cure the condition giving rise to the Event of Termination (but the Bank and the Company may elect to waive such thirty (30) day period):

 

(A) the failure to re-appoint the Executive to the officer position set forth under Section 2(a);

 

(B) a reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or the failure of the Bank to maintain Executive’s participation under the Bank’s employee benefit, retirement, or material fringe benefit plans, policies, practices, or arrangements in which Executive participates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank may eliminate and/or modify existing employee benefit, retirement, or fringe benefit plans and coverage levels on a consistent and non-discriminatory basis applicable to all such executives;

 

(C) a liquidation or dissolution of the Bank or the Company other than a liquidation or dissolution that is caused by a reorganization that does not affect the status of the Executive;

 

(D) a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank and/or the Company; or

 

(E) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to an office other than one located in Nassau or Suffolk County, New York.”

 

Section 4. Amendment to Section 7(b)(iv) of the Agreement . Section 7(b)(iv) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(iv) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the product of: (a) the reasonably estimated monthly cost of the group health and medical insurance benefits maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to Executive’s date of termination; and (b) twenty-four (24) payable within ten (10) business days following the Event of Termination.”

 

Section 5. Amendment to Section 7(c)(ii) of the Agreement . Section 7(c)(ii) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(ii) pay a lump sum cash payment to Executive in an amount, within ten (10) business days following the Event of Termination, an amount equal to thirty-six (36) times the reasonably estimated monthly cost of the of the group health and medical insurance benefits maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to Executive’s date of termination.”

 

  2  

 

 

Section 6. Continuation of Agreement . Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Agreement, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect and shall be otherwise unaffected.

 

Section 7.   Governing Law . This Amendment and the rights and obligations hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 8.   Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, Bank and the Executive have duly executed this Amendment as of the day and year first written above.

 

    BRIDGE BANCORP, INC.
     
     
  By: /s/ Kevin M. O’Connor
         Kevin M. O’Connor
         President and Chief Executive Officer
     
     
    BNB BANK
     
     
  By: /s/ Kevin M. O’Connor
         Kevin M. O’Connor
         President and Chief Executive Officer
     
     
    EXECUTIVE
     
     
    /s/ Howard H. Nolan
         Howard H. Nolan
         SEVP Chief Operating Officer and Corporate Secretary

 

  3  

Exhibit 10.7

 

FORM OF

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March 9, 2018 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”), a New York corporation, BNB Bank (the “Bank”), a New York chartered commercial bank and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and (the “Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the Executive is currently employed as the of the Company and Bank;

 

WHEREAS, the Executive, the Company and Bank are parties to an amended and restated change in control agreement entered into as of (the “Prior Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, Executive, the Company and Bank desire to enter into this Agreement, which shall supersede the Prior Agreement in its entirety, to ensure the continued availability of the Executive’s services as provided in this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Executive is willing to serve the Company and Bank on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises, the mutual covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.        Employment Period.

 

(a)        Term . The term of this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and shall continue for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter (the “Employment Period”), and the term shall automatically renew on a daily basis, such that the remaining unexpired term of the Agreement shall be twenty-four (24) months, until the date the Company gives the Executive written notice of non-renewal (“Non-Renewal Notice”). The Employment Period shall end on the date that is twenty-four (24) months after the date of the Non-Renewal Notice, unless the parties agree that the Employment Period shall end on an earlier date.

 

(b)        Annual Performance Evaluation . On a calendar year basis, the Bank and/or the Company (acting through the full Board or a committee thereof) shall conduct an annual performance evaluation of the Executive, the results of which shall be included in the minutes of the Board or committee meeting and communicated to the Executive.

 

(c)        Continued Employment Following Termination of Employment Period . Nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of the Executive’s employment following the expiration of the Employment Period.

 

 

 

 

2.        Duties .

 

(a)        Title; Responsibility . The Executive shall serve as the of the Bank and Company, and shall perform such administrative and management services as customarily performed by person in a similar executive capacity and as may be directed from time to time by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Bank and/or the Board of Directors of the Company and/or Bank (the “Board”). In his capacity as , the Executive shall report directly to the President and Chief Executive Officer or his designee.

 

(b)        Time Commitment . The Executive shall devote his full business time and attention to the business and affairs of the Bank and the Company and shall use his best efforts to advance the interests of the Bank and Company.

 

3 . Annual Compensation .

 

(a)        Annual Salary . In consideration for the services performed by the Executive under this Agreement, the Bank shall pay to the Executive an annual salary (“Base Salary”) of not less than $ . The Base Salary shall be paid in approximately equal installments in accordance with the Bank’s customary payroll practices. The Bank shall review the Executive’s Base Salary at least annually and such Base Salary may be increased, but may not be decreased without the Executive’s consent (any increase in Base Salary shall become the new “Base Salary” for purposes of this Agreement).

 

(b)        Incentive Compensation . The Executive shall be eligible to participate in any incentive compensation programs established by the Bank and/or the Company from time to time for senior executive officers, in accordance with the terms of such plans as they may exist from time to time.

 

(c)        Equity Compensation . The Executive shall be eligible to participate in any equity compensation programs established by the Bank and/or the Company from time to time for senior executive officers, including, but not limited to, the 2012 Stock-Based Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”).

 

Nothing paid to Executive under any plan, program or arrangement referenced in (b) or (c) above shall be deemed to be in lieu of other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement.

 

4. Employee Benefit Plans; Paid Time Off

 

(a)        Benefit Plans . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be an employee of the Bank and shall continue to participate in the Bank’s group life, health and disability insurance plans and any other employee benefit plans and programs in accordance with the Bank’s customary practices, provided he is a member of the class of employees authorized to participate in such plans or programs.

 

(b)        Paid Time Off . The Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation time each year during the Employment Period, as well as sick leave, holidays and other paid absences, in accordance with the Bank’s policies and procedures for executive employees.

 

 

 

 

5. Outside Activities and Board Memberships

 

During the term of this Agreement, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, provide services on behalf of any financial institution, any insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other entity or on behalf of any subsidiary or affiliate of any such entity engaged in the financial services industry, as an employee, consultant, independent contractor, agent, sole proprietor, partner, joint venturer, corporate officer or director; nor shall the Executive acquire by reason of purchase during the term of this Agreement the ownership of more than 5% of the outstanding equity interest in any such entity. Subject to the foregoing, and to the Executive’s right to continue to serve as an officer and/or director or trustee of any business organization as to which he was so serving on the Effective Date of this Agreement, the Executive may serve on boards of directors of unaffiliated, for-profit business corporations, subject to Board approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, and such services shall be presumed for these purposes to be for the benefit of the Bank and the Company. Except as specifically set forth herein, the Executive may engage in personal business and investment activities, including real estate investments and personal investments in the stocks, securities and obligations of other financial institutions (or their holding companies). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Executive’s outside activities, services, personal business and investments materially interfere with the performance of his duties under this Agreement.

 

6. Working Facilities and Expenses

 

(a)        Working Facilities . The Executive’s principal place of employment shall be at the Bank’s principal executive office or at such other location upon which the Bank and the Executive may mutually agree.

 

(b)        Expenses .

 

(i)        Ordinary Expenses . The Bank shall reimburse the Executive for his ordinary and necessary business expenses, incurred in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, upon presentation to the Bank of an itemized account of such expenses in such form as the Bank may reasonably require. Any such expense shall be reimbursed as soon as practicable and no later than two and one-half months following the end of the year in which the expense was incurred.

 

(ii)        Automobile . The Bank shall provide the Executive with an automobile suitable to the Executive’s position and such automobile may be used by the Executive in carrying out his duties under this Agreement, including commuting between his residence and his principal place of employment and other personal use. The Bank shall be responsible for the cost of maintenance and servicing such automobile and for insurance, gasoline and oil for such automobile. The Executive shall be responsible for the payment of any taxes on account of his personal use of such automobile.

 

 

 

 

7. Termination of Employment with Bank Liability

 

(a)        Reasons for Termination . In the event that the Executive’s employment with the Bank and/or the Company shall terminate during the Employment Period on account of any of the events set forth in Sections 7(a)(i) or 7(a)(ii) below (an “Event of Termination”), the Bank shall provide the benefits and pay to the Executive the amounts provided for under Section 7(b) or Section 7(c), as applicable:

 

(i) The Executive’s voluntary resignation from employment with the Bank and the Company during the term of this Agreement within 30 days after the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s consent, such that the Executive’s resignation shall be treated as a resignation for “Good Reason,” provided that for purposes of this Section 7(a)(i), the Executive must provide not greater than ninety (90) days’ written notice to the Bank and the Company of the initial existence of such condition and the Bank and the Company shall have thirty (30) days to cure the condition giving rise to the Event of Termination (but the Bank and the Company may elect to waive such thirty (30) day period):

 

(A) the failure to re-appoint the Executive to the officer position set forth under Section 2(a);

 

(B) a reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or the failure of the Bank to maintain Executive’s participation under the Bank’s employee benefit, retirement, or material fringe benefit plans, policies, practices, or arrangements in which Executive participates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank may eliminate and/or modify existing employee benefit, retirement, or fringe benefit plans and coverage levels on a consistent and non-discriminatory basis applicable to all such executives;

 

(C) a liquidation or dissolution of the Bank or the Company other than a liquidation or dissolution that is caused by a reorganization that does not affect the status of the Executive;

 

(D) a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank and/or the Company; or

 

(E) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to an office other than one located in Nassau or Suffolk County, New York.

 

(ii) the involuntary termination of the Executive’s employment by the Bank and/or the Company for any reason other than: for “Cause” as defined in Section 8(a); for “Disability” as set forth in Section 7(d) below; in connection with a Change in Control, as set forth in Section 7(c) below; or as a result of the death of the Executive; provided that such involuntary termination of employment constitutes a “Separation from Service” within the meaning of Section 409A and the Treasury regulations thereunder.

 

 

 

 

(b)        Severance Pay . Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 7(e) below, upon an Event of Termination, the Bank shall pay to the Executive (or, in the event of the Executive’s death after the event described in Section 7(a) has occurred, the Bank shall pay to the Executive’s surviving spouse, beneficiary or estate) an amount equal to the following:

 

(i) his earned but unpaid Base Salary as of the date of his termination of employment with the Bank;

 

(ii) the benefits to which he is entitled as a former employee under the Bank’s employee benefit plans;

 

(iii) a lump sum cash payment, as liquidated damages, in an amount equal to two (2) times the Executive’s Base Salary payable within ten (10) business days following the Event of Termination; and

 

(iv) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to the product of: (a) the reasonably estimated monthly cost of the group health and medical insurance benefits maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to Executive’s date of termination; and (b) twenty-four (24) payable within ten (10) business days following the Event of Termination.

 

(c)        Change in Control . If within the period ending two years after a Change in Control (as defined in Section 9 of this Agreement), (i) the Bank and/or the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Cause, or (ii) the Executive voluntarily terminates his employment with Good Reason, the Bank will:

 

(i)  pay a lump sum cash payment to Executive, as liquidated damages, within ten (10) business days following the Event of Termination, an amount equal to three (3) times the sum of (x) Executive’s Base Salary, and (y) the highest annual bonus earned by Executive during the prior three years (including the full value of the annual award, whether payable in cash or another form, earned under the Short Term Incentive Plan or similar plan), and

 

(ii)  pay a lump sum cash payment to Executive in an amount, within ten (10) business days following the Event of Termination, an amount equal to thirty-six (36) times the reasonably estimated monthly cost of the of the group health and medical insurance benefits maintained by the Bank for Executive immediately prior to Executive’s date of termination.

 

(d)         Disability.

 

(i)       In the event that during the term of this Agreement, Executive is unable to perform his duties hereunder because he is disabled within the meaning of Code Section 409A and the Treasury regulations thereunder (a “Disability”), the Executive shall be entitled to any and all benefits under the Bank’s short-term and/or long-term disability insurance plan. During the first twenty-four (24) months following termination of employment for Disability, the Bank and/or the Company shall provide a supplemental monthly cash payment to Executive such that the payments received by Executive on a monthly basis, from both disability insurance and this supplemental payment shall equal the monthly rate of after-tax Base Salary being paid to Executive immediately prior to such termination (the insurance payments may be taken into account on a tax-adjusted basis if such payment are not subject to federal and/or state taxes).

 

(ii) Upon termination of Executive’s employment because of Disability, the Executive shall be entitled to continued group health and medical insurance benefits for a period of twenty-four (24) months following such termination, on the same terms as such benefits are made available to other executive employees immediately prior to the Disability.

 

 

 

 

(e)        Timing of Severance Pay . Any cash severance payments shall be made in a lump sum within ten (10) business days of Executive’s termination of employment subject to applicable withholding taxes. Such payments shall not be reduced in the event the Executive obtains other employment following termination of employment with the Bank or following a Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive is a Specified Employee, as defined in Code Section 409A, and if any payment to be made under Section 7 shall be determined to be subject to Code Section 409A, then if required by Code Section 409A, such payment or a portion of such payment (to the minimum extent possible) shall be delayed and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Executive’s Separation from Service pursuant to Treasury regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii).

 

(f)        Limitation on Payments Under Certain Circumstances . In the event the receipt of all payments or distributions in the nature of compensation (within the meaning of Code Section 280G(b)(2)), whether paid or payable pursuant to Section 7(c) of this Agreement or otherwise (the “Change in Control Benefits”) would subject the Executive to an excise tax imposed by Code Sections 280G and 4999, then the payments and/or benefits payable under this Agreement (the “Payments”) shall be reduced by the minimum amount necessary so that no portion of the Payments under this Agreement are non-deductible to the Bank pursuant to Code Section 280G and subject to the excise tax imposed under Code Section 4999 of the Code (the “Reduced Amount”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Payments shall not be reduced if it is determined that without such reduction, the Change in Control Benefits received by the Executive on a net after-tax basis (including without limitation, any excise taxes payable under Code Section 4999) is greater than the Change in Control Benefits that the Executive would receive, on a net after-tax benefit, if the Executive is paid the Reduced Amount under the Agreement.

 

If it is determined that the Payments should be reduced since the Executive would not have a greater net after-tax amount of aggregate Payments, the Bank shall promptly give the Executive notice to that effect and a copy of the detailed calculations thereof. All determinations made under this Section 7(f) shall be binding upon the Executive and shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable and in no event later than ten (10) days prior to the Date of Termination.

 

8.        Termination without Additional Bank or Company Liability

 

(a)        Termination for Cause .

 

(i)       The Bank and/or the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination other than termination for “Cause,” as defined herein, shall not prejudice the Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under the Agreement. The Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for “Cause.” Termination for “Cause” shall mean termination because of: (i) the conviction of the Executive of a felony or of any lesser criminal offense involving moral turpitude (other than for traffic violations); (ii) the willful commission by the Executive of a criminal or other act that, in the judgment of the Board or the President and Chief Executive Officer will likely cause substantial economic damage to the Company, the Bank or any subsidiary or substantial injury to the business reputation of the Company, the Bank or any subsidiary; (iii) the commission by the Executive of an act of fraud in the performance of his duties on behalf of the Company, the Bank or any subsidiary; (iv) the continuing willful failure of the Executive to perform his duties to the Company, the Bank or any subsidiary (other than any such failure resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after written notice thereof; (v) a material breach by the Executive of the Bank’s Code of Ethics; or (vi) an order of a federal or state regulatory agency or a court of competent jurisdiction requiring the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Bank or the Company.

 

 

 

 

(ii)       Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after the date of Termination for Cause. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Termination for Cause shall not be deemed to exist unless there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive was guilty of conduct described above and specifying the particulars thereof. Prior to holding a meeting at which the Board is to make a final determination whether Termination for Cause exists, if the Board determines in good faith at a meeting of the Board, by not less than a majority of its entire membership, that there is probable cause for it to find that the Executive was guilty of conduct constituting Termination for Cause as described above, the Board may suspend the Executive from his/her duties hereunder for a reasonable period of time not to exceed fourteen (14) days pending a further meeting at which the Executive shall be given the opportunity to be heard before the Board. For purposes of this subparagraph, no act or failure to act, on the Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by his/her not in good faith without reasonable belief that his/her action or omission was in the best interest of the Company and the Bank.

  

(b)        Death; Voluntary Resignation Without Good Reason . In the event that the Executive’s employment with the Bank shall terminate during the Employment Period on account of the reasons set forth in this Section 8(b), then the Bank shall have no further obligations under this Agreement, other than the payment to the Executive of his earned but unpaid salary as of the date of the termination of his employment, and the provision of such benefits, if any, to which he is entitled as a former employee under the Bank’s employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and programs, including without limitation, any incentive compensation plan. Termination of employment under this Section 8(b) shall mean termination of employment due to the following events:

 

(i) The Executive’s death; or

 

(ii) The Executive’s voluntary resignation from employment with the Bank for any reason other than the “Good Reason” as defined in Section 7(a)(i).

 

9.         Change in Control

  

For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Change in Control” shall mean (i) a change in the ownership of the Bank or the Company, (ii) a change in the effective control of the Bank or Company, or (iii) a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank or Company, as described below.

 

(A)       A change in ownership occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock of the Bank or Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation.

 

 

 

 

(B)       A change in the effective control of the Bank or Company occurs on the date that either (i) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Bank or Company possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Bank or Company, or (ii) a majority of the members of the Bank’s or Company’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Bank’s or Company’s board of directors prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that this sub-section “(ii)” is inapplicable where a majority shareholder of the Bank or Company is another corporation.

 

(C)       A change in a substantial portion of the Bank’s or Company’s assets occurs on the date that any one person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury regulation section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(C)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Bank or Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of (i) all of the assets of the Bank or Company, or (ii) the value of the assets being disposed of, either of which is determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of Treasury regulation section 1.409A-3(g)(5).

  

10.        Confidentiality . Unless the Executive obtains prior written consent from the Bank or the Company, the Executive shall keep confidential and shall refrain from using for the benefit of himself, or any person or entity other than the Bank, the Company or any entity which is a subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank or the Company or of which the Bank or the Company is a subsidiary or affiliate, any material document or information obtained from the Bank, the Company or from any of their respective parents, subsidiaries or affiliates, in the course of his employment with any of them concerning their properties, operations or business (unless such document or information is readily ascertainable from public or published information or trade sources or has otherwise been made available to the public through no fault of his own) until the same ceases to be material (or becomes so ascertainable or available); provided, however, that nothing in this Section 10 shall prevent the Executive, with or without the Bank’s or the Company’s consent, from participating in or disclosing documents or information in connection with any judicial or administrative investigation, inquiry or proceeding to the extent that such participation or disclosure is required under applicable law.

 

11.        Non-Solicitation; Non-Competition; Post-Termination Cooperation .

 

(a)       The Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one year following his termination of employment with the Bank, he shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly:

 

(i)       solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank, the Company or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate his or her employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any business whatsoever that competes with the business of the Bank or the Company or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates or has headquarters or offices within the counties in which the Bank or the Company has business operations or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office; or

 

 

 

 

(ii)       solicit, provide any information, advice or recommendation or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any customer of the Bank or the Company to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with the Bank or the Company.

 

(b)       The Executive hereby covenants and agrees that following any termination of employment, he shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly: become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, sole proprietor, joint venturer, greater than 5% equity-owner or stockholder, partner or trustee of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other entity that has its main office, or a majority of its branch offices, in Nassau and/or Suffolk Counties, New York. This restriction shall apply for one year following termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restriction contained in this Section 11(b) shall not apply if the Executive’s employment is terminated following a Change in Control.

 

(c)       Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Bank and/or the Company, as may reasonably be required by the Bank and/or the Company, in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party; provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to provide information or assistance with respect to any litigation between the Executive and the Bank, the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

(d)       All payments and benefits to the Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to the Executive’s compliance with this Section. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of the Executive’s breach of this Section 11, agree that, in the event of any such breach by the Executive, the Bank and/or the Company will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by the Executive and all persons acting for or with the Executive. The Executive represents and admits that the Executive’s experience and capabilities are such that the Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines and/or of a different nature than the Bank, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent the Executive from earning a livelihood. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank and the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to them for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from the Executive.

 

12.        Regulatory Requirements

 

(a)       Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Bank and/or the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

 

 

 

 

(b)       Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, (i) the Bank or the Company may terminate or suspend this Agreement and the employment of the Executive hereunder, as if such termination were a Termination for Cause under Section 8(a) hereof, to the extent required by federal or state laws or regulations related to banking, to deposit insurance or bank holding companies or by regulations or orders issued by the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and (ii) no payment shall be required to be made to Executive under this Agreement to the extent such payment is prohibited by applicable law regulation or order issued by a banking agency or a court of competent jurisdiction; provided, that it shall be the Bank’s or the Company’s burden to prove that any such action was so required.

 

13.        Arbitration; Legal Fees .

 

(a)        Arbitration . In the event that any dispute should arise between the parties as to the meaning, effect, performance, enforcement, or other issue in connection with this Agreement, which dispute cannot be resolved by the parties, the dispute shall be decided by final and binding arbitration of a panel of three arbitrators. Proceedings in arbitration and its conduct shall be governed by the rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) applicable to commercial arbitrations (the “Rules”) except as modified by this Section. The Executive shall appoint one arbitrator, the Bank shall appoint one arbitrator, and the third shall be appointed by the two arbitrators appointed by the parties. The third arbitrator shall be impartial and shall serve as chairman of the panel. The parties shall appoint their arbitrators within thirty (30) days after the demand for arbitration is served, failing which the AAA promptly shall appoint a defaulting party’s arbitrator, and the two arbitrators shall select the third arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after their appointment, or if they cannot agree or fail to so appoint, then the AAA promptly shall appoint the third arbitrator. The arbitrators shall render their decision in writing within thirty (30) days after the close of evidence or other termination of the proceedings by the panel, and the decision of a majority of the arbitrators shall be final and binding upon the parties, nonappealable, except in accordance with the Rules and enforceable in accordance with the applicable state law. Any hearings in the arbitration shall be held in Suffolk County, New York unless the parties shall agree upon a different venue, and shall be private and not open to the public. Each party shall bear the fees and expenses of its arbitrator, counsel, and witnesses, and the fees and expenses of the third arbitrator shall be shared equally by the parties. The other costs of the arbitration, including the fees of AAA, shall be borne as directed in the decision of the panel.

 

(b)        Legal Fees and Other Expenses . If the Executive is successful on the merits of the dispute, as determined in the arbitration, all legal fees and such other expenses as reasonably incurred by the Executive as a result of or in connection with or arising out of the dispute, shall be paid by the Bank and/or the Company, provided that such payment or reimbursement is made by the Bank not later than two and one-half months after the end of the year in which such dispute is resolved in Executive’s favor.

 

14.        Indemnification and Insurance . The Bank and/or the Company shall provide the Executive (including his heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at its expense, and shall indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been an officer of the Bank and/or the Company (whether or not he continues to be an officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys’ fees and the cost of reasonable settlements (such settlements must be approved by the Board); provided, however, that neither the Bank nor the Company shall be required to indemnify or reimburse Executive for legal expenses or liabilities incurred in connection with an action, suit or proceeding arising from any illegal or fraudulent act committed by Executive. Any such indemnification shall be made consistent with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1828(k), and the regulations issued thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

 

 

 

 

15.        Notices . The persons or addresses to which mailings or deliveries shall be made may change from time to time by notice given pursuant to the provisions of this Section. Any notice or other communication given pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall be deemed to have been given (i) if sent by messenger, upon personal delivery to the party to whom the notice is directed; (ii) if sent by reputable overnight courier, one business day after delivery to such courier; (iii) if sent by facsimile, upon electronic or telephonic confirmation of receipt from the receiving facsimile machine and (iv) if sent by mail, three business days following deposit in the United States mail, properly addressed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail with return receipt requested. All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be addressed as follows:

 

  If to the Executive: _____________
    At the last address
      On file
     
  If to the Company  
  and the Bank: BNB Bank
    2200 Montauk Highway
    Bridgehampton, New York 11932
    Attention: President and Chief Executive Officer
     
  With a copy to:  
     
  Luse Gorman, PC
  5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Suite 780
  Washington, DC 20015
  Attention: John J. Gorman, Esq.

 

16.         Amendment . No modifications of this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

 

17.        Miscellaneous.

 

(a)        Notice of Termination . Any termination of Executive’s employment by the Bank and/or the Company shall be communicated in writing to the Executive, and any voluntary termination of employment by the Executive shall be communicated in writing to the Bank and/or the Company.

 

(b)        Successors and Assigns . This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Executive, his legal representatives and estate and intestate distributees, and the Company and the Bank, their successors and assigns, including any successor by merger or consolidation or a statutory receiver or any other person or firm or corporation to which all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Bank or the Company may be sold or otherwise transferred. Any such successor of the Bank or the Company shall be deemed to have assumed this Agreement and to have become obligated hereunder to the same extent as the Company and Bank, and the Executive’s obligations hereunder shall continue in favor of such successor.

 

 

 

 

(c)        Severability . A determination that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.

 

(d)        Waiver . Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any terms, covenants or conditions hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant or condition. A waiver of any provision of this Agreement must be made in writing, designated as a waiver, and signed by the party against whom its enforcement is sought. Any waiver or relinquishment or any right or power hereunder at any one or more times shall not be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times.

 

(e)        Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

(f)        Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to conflicts of law principles, except to the extent governed by federal law in which case federal law shall govern.

 

(g)        Headings and Construction . The headings of sections in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not intended to qualify the meaning of any Section. Any reference to a Section number shall refer to a Section of this Agreement, unless otherwise specified.

 

(h)        Entire Agreement . This instrument contains the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in its entirety any and all prior agreements, understandings or representations relating to the subject matter hereof, including the Prior Agreement.

 

(i)        Source of Payments . All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank. The Company, however, unconditionally guarantees payment and provision of all amounts and benefits due hereunder to Executive and, if such amounts and benefits are not timely paid or provided by the Bank, such amounts and benefits shall be paid or provided by the Company.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Bank and the Company have caused this Agreement to be executed and the Executive has hereunto set his hand, all as of the Effective Date specified above.

 

    EXECUTIVE  
         
         
    By:    
Date        
         
    BRIDGE BANCORP, INC.  
         
         
    By:    
Dat e   Kevin M. O’Connor  
      President and Chief Executive Officer  
         
         
    BNB BANK  
         
         
    By:    
Date     Kevin M. O’Connor  
      President and Chief Executive Officer  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT AT DECEMBER 31, 2017

 

Subsidiary of Bridge Bancorp, Inc.:

 

Name Incorporation Percent Owned
BNB Bank Federal 100%

 

Subsidiaries of BNB Bank:

 

Name Incorporation Percent Owned
Bridge Abstract LLC New York 100%
Bridge Financial Services, Inc. New York 100%
Bridgehampton Community, Inc. New York 100%

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 23.1

  

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements on Form S-3 and S-8 (File Numbers: 333-136600, 333-199123, 333-210245, 333-182373 and 333-187262) of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. of our report dated March 9, 2018 with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which report appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2017.

  

 

 
  Crowe Horwath LLP

New York, New York
March 9, 2018

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A)

 

I, Kevin M. O’Connor, certify that:

 

1) I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Bridge Bancorp, Inc.;

 

2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

5) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 9, 2018

 

/s/ Kevin M. O’Connor  
Kevin M. O’Connor
President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A)

 

I, John M. McCaffery, certify that:

 

1) I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Bridge Bancorp, Inc.;

 

2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;

 

5) The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 9, 2018

 

/s/ John M. McCaffery  
John M. McCaffery

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

 

 

 

This certification is being furnished as required by Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. This certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except as otherwise stated in such filing.

 

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(B) 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

 

As adopted pursuant to

 

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Bridge Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 9, 2018, (the “Report”), we, Kevin M. O’Connor, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and, John M. McCaffery, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

Date: March 9, 2018 /s/ Kevin M. O’Connor    
  Kevin M. O’Connor    
  President and Chief Executive Officer
       
  /s/ John M. McCaffery    
  John M. McCaffery    
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Bridge Bancorp, Inc. and will be retained by Bridge Bancorp, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.